Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Synthomer

Synthomer

synt · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker synt
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Synthomer
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
S

y

n

t

h

o

m

e

r

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

Building  
sustainable 
growth

Synthomer plc
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
Synthomer is a specialist chemical  
company and one of the world’s  
leading suppliers of aqueous polymers.  
We produce innovative formulations to 
support customers in a range of industries 
from construction and coatings to healthcare. 

4-9

Why Synthomer?
Key pillars of our strategy

20-23

Strategy in action 
How we delivered against our strategic 
objectives in 2017

26-31

Segmental review
Building sustainable growth in 2017

Strategic report
Highlights
1  
2 
Our business at a glance
4   Why Synthomer?
10  Chairman’s statement
12  Chief Executive Officer’s review
14  Our market review
16  Business model
18  Strategy at a glance
20  Strategy in action
24  Key performance indicators
26  Segmental reviews
32  Risk management
34  Principal risks and uncertainties
38  Chief Financial Officer’s review
44  Sustainability

Letter from the Chairman

Governance
56 
58   Board of Directors
60   Corporate governance
65  Audit Committee report
69  Nomination Committee report
70   Directors’ Remuneration report
85   Report of the Directors
88   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Group financial statements
Independent auditors’ report
89  
95   Consolidated income statement
95   Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income

96   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
97  Consolidated balance sheet
98   Consolidated cash flow statement
98  Reconciliation of net cash flow from operating 
activities to movement in net borrowings
99   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Company financial statements
138   Statement of financial position
139   Company statement of changes in equity
140   Notes to the Company financial statements

Other information
150   Five year financial summary
151   Glossary of terms
IBC   Advisers

Highlights

Building sustainable growth

Commercial highlights

•  Sustainable growth in profitability in line with expectations:

 – Bolt-on acquisition of the BASF Austrian SBR business 

 – Organic growth, contribution from acquisitions and 
foreign currency translation gains, more than offset  
the expected softening of Nitrile latex margins.

•  Europe and North America (ENA) momentum 

underpinned by volume and margin improvement:
 – Underlying operating profit at £117.1m increased 

25.5% (2016: £93.3m) due to volume and margin  
growth, the acquisition of Oxo Belgium (‘Speciality 
Additives’) and foreign currency translation gains.
 – IFRS operating profit at £77.5m increased 2.8% 

(2016: £75.4m). 

and assets in Pischelsdorf, Austria (‘BASF Pischelsdorf’). 
The €29.3m acquisition enhances Synthomer’s SBR 
business and production network for paper/packaging 
applications and completed on 31 January 2018.

•  Record capital investment growth programme:

 – Capital investment increased to £60.3m (2016: £45.6m)  

in the year in line with guidance.

 – Significant capacity expansion projects underway at Pasir 
Gudang (Malaysia), Worms (Germany) and Roebuck (US)
adding 90ktes of Nitrile latex, and 36ktes and 9ktes of 
Dispersions capacity respectively.

•  Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) in line with 

•  R&D driving innovation: 

expectations in challenging market environment:
 –  Underlying operating profit lower by 27.9% at £35.1m 
(2016: £48.7m) mainly driven by expected lower unit 
margin in Nitrile latex.

 – The demand for Nitrile latex continues to grow at 8-10% 
pa, with market demand exceeding 1,000ktes in 2017

 – IFRS operating profit down 61.6% to £31.2m 

(2016: £81.3m) principally reflecting significant 
income from land sales in 2016.

•  M&A activity:

 –  2016 PAC (Dispersions) acquisition fully integrated and in line 
to deliver expected $12m run rate synergy savings at the end 
of 2018, and a likely further $2m saving by end of 2019.
 – Acquisition and integration of Speciality Additives, a 

market leading performance additives business serving 
the decorative and industrial coatings industries, for an 
enterprise value of €78m in March 2017.

 – Launch of patented SyNovus®, the next generation 

Nitrile latex.

 – Products launched in last five years represented 20% 

of sales in line with our target (2016: 20%).

•  Another year of strong cash generation:

 – Cash generated from operations grew 3.6% to £162.6m 

(2016: £157.0m).

•  Earnings per share: 

 – Underlying earnings per share for the year rose 8.5% 
to 30.7p (2016: 28.3p) and on an IFRS basis earnings 
per share declined 32.9% to 21.8p (2016: 32.5p).

•  Dividend: 

 – Full year dividend increased by 8.0% to 12.2p per share 

in line with dividend policy (2016: 11.3p per share).

Financial highlights

Volume (ktes)

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating Profit (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

Earnings per share (p)

Ordinary dividends per share (p)

Net Borrowings (£m)

Underlying

IFRS

2017

2016

2017

2016

1,443.8

1,480.2

1,324.9

1,045.7

176.2

139.0

130.0

30.7

12.2

180.5

160.1

130.2

122.2

28.3

11.3

150.3

1,443.8

1,480.2

176.2

95.4

86.4

21.8

12.2

180.5

1,324.9

1,045.7

160.1

144.7

136.7

32.5

11.3

150.3

Underlying Statement 
The Group’s management uses Underlying performance to plan for, control and assess the performance of the Group. Underlying performance differs from the statutory 
IFRS performance as it excludes the effect of Special Items, which are detailed in note 3. The Board’s view is that Underlying performance provides additional clarity for 
the Group’s investors and so it is the primary focus of the Group’s narrative reporting. Where appropriate, IFRS performance inclusive of Special Items is also described. 
References to ‘unit margin’ and ‘margin’ are used in the commentary on Underlying performance. Unit margin (or margin) is calculated on selling price less variable raw 
material and logistics costs. Further explanations can be found in notes 4, 5 and 6.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  1

Strategic reportOur business at a glance

Building sustainable growth

Employees

2,879

Countries

18 

Manufacturing sites

25 

Innovation centres

4

Our global reach

Highlights

Volume by market

Europe and North 
America (ENA)

Volumes 

1,067.7ktes

2016: 936.7ktes

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

£1,134.9m

£117.1m

2016: £746.1m

2016: £93.3m

EBITDA 

IFRS operating profit

£140.9m

2016: £111.2m

£77.5m

2016: £75.4m

 Read more on pages 26-28

Asia and Rest of 
the World (ARW)

Volumes 

376.1ktes

2016: 388.2ktes

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

£345.3m

2016: £299.6m

£35.1m

2016: £48.7m

EBITDA 

£48.2m

2016: £60.4m

IFRS operating profit

£31.2m

2016: £81.3m

 Read more on pages 29-31

7

1

6
5

2

4

3

1  Paper 

2  Carpet & Foam 

23.6%

14.6%

3  Construction & Coating  21.1%

4  Functional Polymers 

17.3%

5  Health & Protection 

6  Specialities 

7  Other 

1.8%

20.9%

0.7%

67

2

1

3
4
5

1  Paper 

2  Carpet & Foam 

0.0%

1.3%

3  Construction & Coating  28.4%

4  Functional Polymers 

5  Health & Protection 

6  Specialities 

7  Other 

2.1%

65.9%

1.1%

1.2%

2 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Synthomer is one of the world’s major suppliers of 
aqueous polymers with leadership positions in many 
markets including coatings, construction, textiles, 
paper and synthetic latex gloves. With the acquisition  
in 2017 of the Speciality Additives business and in  
2018 of the BASF Pischelsdorf business, Synthomer 
continues to grow its global manufacturing network 
and introduce new products, geographical strength 
and capacity to support future growth. 

The Company has its operational headquarters in 
London, UK, and provides customer focused services 
from regional Innovation centres in Harlow (UK); Marl 
(Germany); Kluang (Malaysia) and Roebuck (USA). 

Revenue by product

Major Investments

4

1 2

3

1  NBR 

2  SBR 

3  Specialities 

4  Dispersions 

2.2%

39.6%

30.4%

27.8%

1

4

3

2

1  NBR 

2  SBR 

3  Specialities 

4  Dispersions 

61.0%

2.7%

16.5%

19.8%

Europe
Acquisition and integration of Speciality 
Additives, a niche performance additives 
business serving the decorative and 
industrial coatings industries with strong 
market leadership positions (#1 or #2) 
and serving a highly attractive, blue-chip 
customer base. 

Acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR 
business which enhances our current 
business and production network 
in high growth paper/packaging 
applications as well as increasing 
the Group’s access to attractive 
new opportunities across Europe. 

€20m investment at our Worms (Germany) 
site to build two new make-to-order 
speciality acrylic lines that will meet the 
highest green and clean standards and to 
address the pressure sensitive adhesives 
and speciality coatings markets in Europe. 
Due into production in early 2019.

North America
A new $16m acrylic reactor line is 
being constructed at Roebuck (USA) 
to secure access to the North American 
performance and construction adhesives 
markets and is due for commissioning 
in Q1 2019.

We are currently evaluating the opportunity 
to invest in a new state-of-the-art 
Innovation Centre in the region.

Asia
Ongoing construction of 90ktes capacity 
expansion at Pasir Gudang for Nitrile latex 
representing an increase of 40% of our 
current capacity. Nitrile latex continues to 
be a rapidly growing market. Completion is 
scheduled for Q4 2018.

SyNovus®, a patented next generation 
Nitrile latex innovation was developed  
and launched in 18 months. The product’s 
unique qualities address key customer 
requirements around manufacturing 
efficiency, odour, colour and chemical 
resistance. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  3

Strategic reportR&D employees

186

Why Synthomer?

Innovative solutions 
that create and 
sustain value

We recognise the importance of innovation to our success  
and that of our customers. Our team is embedded within the  
business and with customers to ensure that we can provide 
solutions that deliver value where it matters.

£18.3m

spend on R&D

4 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

New products  
as % of revenue for  
the last two years

20%

Significant 
patented product 
launch of SyNovus® 
in 2017

Harlow  
(UK)

Kluang 
(Malaysia) 

Four  
Innovation  
Centres

Board approval  
to evaluate a state-of-
the-art Innovation  
Centre in Asia

Marl  
(Germany)

Roebuck  
(USA)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  5

Strategic reportWhy Synthomer?

PAC (Dispersions)
June 2016

Strategic M&A

Our experienced management team has completed  
three acquisitions over the last two years which  
have expanded Synthomer’s global reach and 
strengthened its leadership in key markets. 

We diligently assess whether each acquisition  
opportunity is a strategic fit for the Group and do not 
pursue the targets where our criteria are not met.

The Group continues to actively assess both 
transformational and bolt-on acquisition opportunities  
in parallel with growing the business organically.

BASF Pischelsdorf
January 2018

Speciality Additives
March 2017

6 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Manufacturing sites 

25

  Sales office

  Operational head office

  Manufacturing site

  Manufacturing site  

and R&D centre

Countries 

18

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  7

Strategic reportWhy Synthomer?

A robust 
financial position

Three years of Underlying profit growth delivering positive  
cash inflows from operating activities which have  
allowed us to invest in strategic M&A and capital 
investment to drive sustainable growth.

Clear and prudent capital management policy  
including leverage and returns to shareholders.

Sustainable  
Net debt: EBITDA 

1-2x

Ordinary  
dividend cover 

2.5x

8 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Debt headroom  
of £172m and cash 
balances of £90m 
allowing further investment  
in strategic M&A and 
growth capital 
investment

Net Debt to  
EBITDA ratio: 
at 31 December

1.0x

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  9

Strategic reportChairman’s statement

A strong platform to 
build sustainable growth

Neil Johnson
Chairman

Governance highlights
 + Full compliance with applicable UK Corporate 

Governance Code

 + Positive feedback on externally facilitated 
evaluation of Board and Committees

 + Review and approval of Modern Slavery Act 

statement and tax strategy

 + Well prepared for forthcoming governance 

changes

Results 
Following consecutive years of strong profits growth in 2015 and 
2016, I am pleased to report that Synthomer has made further 
progress in 2017. Consistent with our expectations, the improved 
Underlying profitability of the Group has been delivered, with 
incremental profits from our focused M&A activity in 2016 and 2017 
and continued organic growth from our investment in our Europe 
and North America (ENA) segment more than compensating for the 
reduced, but stable, Nitrile latex margins in our Asia and Rest of the 
World (ROW) segment. Volumes were higher by 9% to 1,443.8ktes 
(2016: 1,324.9ktes) with the increase reflecting a combination of 
underlying growth and additional volumes from Oxo Belgium 
(Speciality Additives), which was fully integrated during 2017. 
Acquisitions helped Group revenue to increase by 42% to a record 
£1,480.2m (2016: £1,045.7m), further supported by higher average 
raw material prices and favourable currency translation. 

Underlying profit before tax increased from £122.2m to £130.0m, an 
increase of 6.4% and 3.0% on a constant currency basis. The rise in 
Underlying profit before tax reflects underlying volume and margin 
growth, the contribution made by Speciality Additives and the 
depreciation in Sterling. IFRS profit before tax decreased from 
£136.7m to £86.4m mainly as a result of one-off items of income 
in 2016 including the profits on the Malaysian land sales (£33.2m). 

Our balance sheet is strong with net debt at 1.0 times EBITDA which 
allows us significant flexibility to pursue our growth strategy through 
capital investment and strategic acquisitions.

Ongoing capital investment programme 
We continue to focus on organic growth and see significant 
opportunities to drive growth from our existing businesses. To 
strengthen our platform for future growth, we initiated a step change 
in our capital investment programme in 2016 with significant plant 
expansions at our ARW Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) Nitrile latex plant, 
and our ENA Worms (Germany) Dispersions plant. The Board is 
pleased to see that these investment programmes are progressing 
safely, in line with plans, and will be commissioned and brought up 
to normal operating levels later in 2018 and early 2019 respectively. 
We have made further capital commitments to expand our 
capabilities in Sant’Albano (Italy), Marl (Germany) and Oulu (Finland) 
and these investments will also come online in late 2018 and early 
2019. As well as growth capital investment, the Group has invested 
in sustenance and SHE related capital expenditure to ensure we are 
both operating our plants safely and in accordance with evolving 
legislation.

M&A and integration activity
Acquisitions also remain a key component of our growth strategy. 
During the year, we announced two further bolt-ons: Speciality 
Additives, which became part of the Group in March 2017, and 
BASF Pischelsdorf which was agreed in September 2017 and 
completed in January 2018. These bolt-on acquisitions significantly 
complement our existing business. Speciality Additives has strong 
market positions which we will leverage into our existing coatings 
customer base. The Pischelsdorf site expands our SBR asset and 
customer base, and will provide further options for our network 
optimisation in an SBR market characterised by over-capacity. 
Speciality Additives was successfully integrated into the Group 
during the year and we are executing the well planned integration 
of BASF Pischelsdorf. Following the acquisition of the Pischelsdorf 
site, Synthomer has secured its position as market leader in 
European aqueous polymers, another milestone for our business. 

Our active search continues for a transformational speciality 
chemical company acquisition and we considered a number of 
options in 2017. However, we have stringent criteria and we will 
continue to be disciplined in our approach in terms of quality, 
strategic fit, opportunity and price. 

Following our acquisition of the PAC (Dispersions) business in 2016, 
integration is substantially complete. The actions that we have taken 
during 2017 mean that we will not only deliver the $12m run rate 
of synergies at the end of 2018 but are looking to deliver a further 
$2m in 2019. As part of this integration, we disposed of one plant 
in Leuna (Germany) and are engaged in restructuring our Ribécourt 
site (France).

Governance and Board
We were once again in full compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code throughout 2017. Our 2017 AGM resolutions 
received overwhelming support and we were particularly pleased 
to achieve greater than 99% of votes in favour of our new 
remuneration policy.

The Board composition remained unchanged until the end of the 
year when Jinya Chen retired after five years’ service. I would like to 
thank Jinya for his commitment and contribution over that period. 
The Nomination Committee has initiated a search for a replacement 
independent non-executive director in order to bring the Board 
composition back into balance.

An externally facilitated evaluation of the Board and its Committees 
was carried out in 2017 with the feedback recognising good 
progress in the ongoing programme to improve Board effectiveness. 
As we enter 2018, I believe the Board is well positioned to adapt to 
the changes in the corporate governance landscape envisaged by 
the new Code proposals currently under consultation and likely to 
be effective in 2019.

Our people
We now have approximately 2,900 employees in the Group, spread 
across 29 manufacturing sites and offices, with 40 joining as part 
of the Speciality Additives acquisition. As a Board, we have visited 
recently acquired sites over the last year and are delighted to see 
how our new colleagues have adapted to our values and culture, 
as well as bringing new skills into the Group.

The Group has reported record Underlying profitability in a 
challenging and demanding market place and the Board and 
Executive team recognise the contribution made by all employees. 
Our drive for growth remains unchanged and on behalf of the 
Board, I would like to thank each and every employee for their 
commitment this year.

Safety, health and environment (SHE)
The nature of our industry involves significant hazards and as 
such our high safety, health and environmental standards are 
fundamental to what we do across the business. We are pleased 
to report that we have recorded our lowest ever level of recordable 
injuries (lower than 2016 by 56%). 

We are committed to reducing our recordable injuries to zero and 
as part of our continuous improvement drive to achieve this we made 
the embedding of the SHE Principles and 10 Golden Rules, launched 
in 2016, a priority for 2017. There was a focus on systems linked to 
permit to work and management of change with the aim of eliminating 
work being carried out in a way or in an environment which could 
result in a safety incident. New indicators were developed to track 
and analyse progress, with specific focus on live monitoring of 
permit controlled work and control of high hazard activities. 

Notwithstanding the considerable improvement delivered in 2017, 
we are not complacent, and remain absolutely resolute in our 
campaign for continuous and sustainable improvement.

Dividend
The Board has proposed an increase to the final ordinary dividend 
per share to 8.5p (2016: 7.8p), resulting in a total dividend per share 
for the year of 12.2p (2016: 11.3p). This is in line with the Group’s 
dividend policy of a dividend covered 2.5 times by Underlying 
earnings per share. The final dividend per share is subject to 
shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 26 April 
2018 and will be payable on 6 July 2018 to those shareholders 
registered at the close of business on 8 June 2018.

The Board is committed to generating attractive growth for 
shareholders through investing in the Group’s significant organic 
and inorganic growth plans to secure its future progress and the 
Capital Management Policy of the Group remains unchanged. The 
Board periodically assesses the balance sheet strength in light of 
these growth plans, and will consider returning excess capital to 
shareholders, if appropriate.

Outlook
Looking forward, whilst acknowledging the ongoing challenges 
in our Nitrile latex and constructions and coatings Dispersions 
markets, we are confident of making further solid progress in 2018, 
underpinned by underlying growth in both segments, and from 
integrating our recent acquisitions. 

With our significant organic investment in new capacity being 
commissioned in late 2018, we remain confident in continuing 
to deliver growth in profitability and driving further value for 
shareholders in future years.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  11

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review

Driving 
sustainable 
growth

Calum MacLean 
Chief Executive Officer

Strategic highlights
 + Solid and sustainable earnings growth in line  

with expectations

 + Integration of two bolt-on acquisitions.  

PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality Additives 
successfully completed

 + Launch of SyNovus® our innovative patented  

next generation Nitrile latex 

 + Achievement of 20% sales from products 

launched in the last five years

 + Largest capital expenditure programme in the 
Group’s history, initiated in 2016, progressing  
to plan and on time to contribute from Q4 2018
 + Strong balance sheet (leverage 1 times net debt: 
EBITDA) providing flexibility to pursue our strategy

I am pleased to report that we have delivered solid growth in 
Underlying profitability in 2017, with the strong growth in ENA profits 
more than offsetting the softer but stable ARW profits. 

The strong growth in ENA Underlying profitability was underpinned 
by further organic growth, particularly in our SBR business, the 
benefits of our focused M&A activity and the associated synergies in 
2016 and 2017, and the depreciation in Sterling which favourably 
impacted our first half results. ARW Underlying profitability has been 
resilient, and performed in line with expectations, with Nitrile latex 
margins broadly stable throughout 2017 at similar levels to the last 
quarter of 2016. Positively, and as guided at the start of 2017, the 
overall Underlying profitability of the Group has moved forward in 
2017 with the combination of underlying organic growth, M&A 
activity and favourable currency impact more than compensating 
for the expected softer Nitrile latex margins. 

Underlying profit before tax increased by 6.4% from £122.2m 
to £130.0m. This reflected a 25.5% increase in ENA Underlying 
operating profits, up from £93.3m to £117.1m and a decrease in ARW 
Underlying operating profits, lower at £35.1m from £48.7m. The rise in 
ENA Underlying profits reflected strong organic growth (£16.0m), 
including a first full year contribution from PAC (Dispersions), the 2017 
acquisition of Speciality Additives (£3.7m) and favourable foreign 
currency translation impact (£4.1m). The reduction in ARW Underlying 
profits principally related to the expected softening in Nitrile latex 
margins seen in the last quarter of 2016, albeit reassuringly the 
margins broadly held firm at this level throughout 2017. 

IFRS profit before tax decreased by 36.8% from £136.7m in 2016 
to £86.4m in 2017, reflecting the inclusion in 2016 of large gains 
on Malaysian land sales (£33.2m) and disposal of our South African 
business (£4.7m), and the foreign currency hedge gain associated 
with the PAC (Dispersions) acquisition purchase price (£13.1m).

Cash generated from operations increased to £162.6m (2016: 
£157.0m) and the cash flows were again strong with good 
conversion of EBITDA to cash. The cash performance of the 
business over the year meant that the Group’s leverage at the year 
end was 1 times net debt:EBITDA. Capital spend increased to a 
record £60.3m in line with guidance and our stated strategy to 
invest in our principal sites. We also invested in our inorganic growth 
strategy with the acquisition of Speciality Additives, our second 
bolt-on acquisition, for £66.1m, and completion of our third bolt-on 
acquisition which took place after the year end on 31 January 2018 
for a further £25.7m. Our strong balance sheet continues to give us 
options for both organic and inorganic investment opportunities to 
support future growth.

Safety, health and environment 
In 2017 we had the best ever recordable injury rate, which was 
reduced by 56% relative to 2016, and we are reassured to see 
positive movement in our other SHE key performance measures. 
Whilst we are pleased with the marked improvement, this is a 
consequence of daily attention and vigilance in our working 
practices and processes, and we recognise that there is no place 
for complacency in this regard. The high standards set by the Group 
in relation to safety, health and environment are complemented by 
the significant investment we continue to make, and our Group SHE 
team monitor the Group’s adherence to our standards and report on 
our performance against those standards at each Executive team 
and Board meeting. 

The Group built on the strong platform of safety standards put in 
place in the prior year by embedding the SHE Principles and 10 
Golden Rules in our operations as well as focusing on eliminating 
the opportunity for work to be carried out in an unsafe way or unsafe 
environment. A rolling programme of Process Hazard Assessment 
Revalidation has been completed on all our high risk sites and 
prioritised action plans are being implemented to address identified 
gaps. This programme will be expanded to all sites in 2018. 

Strong progress has been made in our commitment to the 
environment with a 10% reduction in VOC emissions through 
making operational changes in our sites, particularly the UK. 
With the M&A activity adding new sites to our network, we are in 
the process of setting new targets for all our environmental key 
performance indicators.

Innovation 
In 2017, sales of new products launched in the last five years was 
again 20%, in line with 2016 and meeting our stated target. We are 
excited at the launch of more new products in 2017 with the major 
launch being our new and patented Nitrile latex, SyNovus®. The new 
product launch of SyNovus® represented a further milestone for our 
innovation team in Malaysia, reducing the development time from 
inception to commercialisation, including patenting the proprietary 
technology, to just 18 months. The shortened innovation process, 
representing a reduction of almost 50% on previous new product 
developments, is a testament to the dedication, skill and expertise 
of our in-house R&D team.

This patented product delivers significant value to both our 
customers and the end user markets as the SyNovus® formulation 
significantly reduces the required operating temperature of glove 
manufacturing lines, reducing both energy costs and the associated 
environmental impact. It also reduces maturation time thus enabling 
glove manufacturing lines to run at higher throughput providing 
manufacturers with increased capacity without capital expenditure, 
and additionally eliminates certain additives introduced to Nitrile 
latex formulations reducing the risk of potential allergic reactions 
with end users.

These benefits, coupled with superior tensile strength, improved 
colour and reduced odour resulted in a positive, well-received 
product launch in Kuala Lumpur with over 150 glove manufacturing 
leaders and guests in attendance.

M&A integration
With three acquisitions, PAC (Dispersions), Speciality Additives 
and BASF Pischelsdorf, over the last two years, and ongoing 
discussions in relation to transformational and further bolt-on 
acquisitions, our ability to successfully integrate is crucial to 
capturing value. We are pleased with the progress made in the 
integration of PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality Additives and are 
already implementing a detailed plan for the BASF Pischelsdorf 
acquisition. The integration of PAC (Dispersions) is substantially 
complete with the final two major actions initiated in 2017, the sale of 
the Leuna (Germany) site and the announcement of the restructuring 
of Ribécourt (France) site. We are on target to deliver the run rate 
synergies of $12m by the end of 2018, with a further $2m run rates 
savings to be delivered in 2019. 

Delivering organic growth
The largest capital investment programme in the Group’s history is 
well underway. This will help to maintain and upgrade our current 
asset base and respond to market demand for our products. This 
programme commenced in 2016 and we spent £60.3m in 2017 
across the Group. Our Project Excellence approach has been 
introduced Group-wide and aims to ensure that all of the projects 
are completed safely, on time and within budget.

Given the global mega-trends of urbanisation, aging demographics, 
evolving middle class, increasing mobility and the ever more stringent 
environmental legislation, there is increasing demand from the market 
for more of our speciality chemicals and for enhancements to our 
product portfolio, and we have invested accordingly with capacity 
as well as capability expansions in a number of our sites.

•  Nitrile latex: 90ktes expansion of our Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) 
site due for completion in late 2018 with a further expansion in 
an advanced stage of planning to address a market which is 
growing at 8% to 10% per annum.

•  Dispersions: 36ktes capacity of made-to-order speciality acrylic 

lines in Worms (Germany) and a 9ktes increase in acrylic capacity 
in Roebuck (USA) scheduled to be complete in early 2019.

•  SBR latex: Enhancement to our Marl (Germany) site to improve 
output levels to take advantage of opportunities in the Foam 
Market and an upgrading of our Oulu (Finland) site to move from 
supplying the declining graphic paper market to the growth 
markets of speciality paper and packaging.

We continue to invest in the organisational structure and, over 
the last 3 years, have established teams in Operational and 
Manufacturing Excellence, Business Development and Specialist 
Feedstock Procurement. In 2018 the programmes will be further 
enhanced by the introduction of our Commercial Excellence 
programme to our commercial organisation, designed to ensure 
we work more closely with our customers in generating value.

Delivering M&A growth 
Growth through acquisitions is a key part of our growth strategy. 
We are highly active in targeting and reviewing speciality chemical 
acquisition opportunities. These will include both bolt-on 
acquisitions, similar to the ones we have completed, and more 
transformational step-change strategic transactions in adjacent 
chemistries. Our experienced M&A and due diligence teams will 
be opportunistic but disciplined in their approach to acquisitions.

We have made three speciality chemical company acquisitions in 
the last two years, all bolt-on acquisitions complementing our 
existing businesses, and have reviewed many other opportunities 
that have not resulted in completed acquisitions. Whilst we remain 
highly active in M&A processes, we have a clear focus on what 
constitutes an attractive acquisition target, what price we are 
prepared to pay and a firm commitment to incisive due diligence. 
We will remain resolute and disciplined in pursuing only the right 
value-enhancing opportunities.

Outlook
Looking forward, whilst acknowledging the ongoing challenges 
in our Nitrile latex and constructions and coatings Dispersions 
markets, we are confident of making further solid progress in 2018, 
underpinned by underlying growth in both segments, and from 
integrating our recent acquisitions. 

With our significant organic investment in new capacity being 
commissioned in late 2018, we remain confident in continuing to 
deliver growth in profitability and driving further value for 
shareholders in future years.

Calum MacLean
Chief Executive Officer
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  13

Strategic reportOur market review

Global trends driving 
our growth strategy

What we make

Dispersions

Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR)

Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR)

(including compounds, high solid SBR formulations)

Specialities

What we do

Market position

No.1 producer in Europe and Middle East 
and No.1 producer in Malaysia.

No.2 producer globally.

No.1 producer in Europe.

Principal 
markets served

Construction, coatings, adhesives 
and textiles.

Health and protection.

Paper, carpet and foam markets.

Specialist markets including automotive, PVC manufacture, 

construction and polymer manufacture.

Main product 
areas

Mega-trends

Cement modification, primers, flooring 
adhesives, flexible roof coatings, 
emulsion and specialist paints, coatings 
and oilfields.

Europe and North America 

Medical gloves, medical devices (e.g. catheters) and other 
dipped latex products.

Coated paper, packaging, bindings for carpet, foams for 

Automotive sound dampening, PVC, polyester resins for 

mattresses, pillows and shoes. Compounds for carpet backing 

powder coatings, catalysts, flame retardants and monomers.

and high solid latex applications.

Urbanisation

Ageing demographics

Where we 
manufacture 

Revenue

Market trends

Outlook

Priorities

USA, Germany, Italy, Spain, France, UK 
and Czech Republic.

Italy.

£315.7m

£25.3m

Germany, Italy, Finland, UK, Netherlands and Egypt.

UK, Italy, Belgium and Czech Republic.

£449.7m

£344.2m

Markets are growing, environmental 
regulations moving to waterbased 
products support growth.

Continued operational and sales synergies. 
Capacity and capability expansion and 
debottlenecking, operational efficiencies 
and plant network optimisation.

Demand in line with strong growth mainly Asia/US markets.

Foam and compounds growing, carpet flat, graphic paper 

Positive outlook, though challenges in certain catalysts 

declining being partly offset by speciality paper and packaging.

markets continue.

Innovation and operational efficiencies.

Integration of new acquisition, debottlenecking and asset 

Innovation, integration, operational efficiencies, capacity 

rationalisation. Expansion into new markets.

debottlenecking.

Asia and Rest of the World

Where we 
manufacture 

Revenue

Market trends

Outlook

Priorities

Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand and 
Middle East.

Malaysia.

£68.3m

£210.5m

Market growth forecast in South  
East Asia. Middle East construction 
sector remains subdued.

High growth in end user demand for Nitrile latex gloves.  
Next generation of product introduced to the market.

Strong demand expected medium term, particularly in niche 

Increase in demand expected.

Bring Thailand up to Synthomer 
operational standard and innovation.

Delivery of Nitrile latex project in Malaysia, commercialisation  
of SyNovus® and operational efficiencies.

maximise asset capacity.

Expansion of local market with products from Europe and look to 

Continue to supplement market growth from Europe.

Malaysia.

£9.2m

products.

Malaysia.

£57.3m

14 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

We provide products to a broad range of manufacturing industries. 
Whilst trends within the various industries vary, we aim to drive value 
from the differing market dynamics whilst focusing our investments 
on growth markets. 

are the key driver for Synthomer’s investment decisions. These 
trends and industry descriptions are contained in the table below.

  Read more about our Business Model and Strategy in action 
on pages 16 – 23

One of our aims is to add value by differentiating our products 
to make them more efficient in use, offering superior quality and 
enhanced product performance. The trends in the market segments 

  Read more on how we manage risks on pages 32 – 37

What we make

Dispersions

Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR)

Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR)
(including compounds, high solid SBR formulations)

Specialities

What we do

Principal 

markets served

and textiles.

Market position

No.1 producer in Europe and Middle East 

No.2 producer globally.

and No.1 producer in Malaysia.

No.1 producer in Europe.

Construction, coatings, adhesives 

Health and protection.

Paper, carpet and foam markets.

Specialist markets including automotive, PVC manufacture, 
construction and polymer manufacture.

Cement modification, primers, flooring 

Medical gloves, medical devices (e.g. catheters) and other 

adhesives, flexible roof coatings, 

dipped latex products.

emulsion and specialist paints, coatings 

and oilfields.

Coated paper, packaging, bindings for carpet, foams for 
mattresses, pillows and shoes. Compounds for carpet backing 
and high solid latex applications.

Automotive sound dampening, PVC, polyester resins for 
powder coatings, catalysts, flame retardants and monomers.

Energy conservation

Green clean

Europe and North America 

  Read more on pages 26 – 28

USA, Germany, Italy, Spain, France, UK 

Italy.

Germany, Italy, Finland, UK, Netherlands and Egypt.

UK, Italy, Belgium and Czech Republic.

and Czech Republic.

£315.7m

£25.3m

£449.7m

£344.2m

Outlook

Markets are growing, environmental 

Demand in line with strong growth mainly Asia/US markets.

Foam and compounds growing, carpet flat, graphic paper 
declining being partly offset by speciality paper and packaging.

Positive outlook, though challenges in certain catalysts 
markets continue.

Priorities

Continued operational and sales synergies. 

Innovation and operational efficiencies.

Integration of new acquisition, debottlenecking and asset 
rationalisation. Expansion into new markets.

Innovation, integration, operational efficiencies, capacity 
debottlenecking.

Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand and 

Malaysia.

Middle East.

£68.3m

£210.5m

Malaysia.

£9.2m

Malaysia.

£57.3m

  Read more on pages 29 – 31

Market growth forecast in South  

High growth in end user demand for Nitrile latex gloves.  

East Asia. Middle East construction 

Next generation of product introduced to the market.

Strong demand expected medium term, particularly in niche 
products.

Increase in demand expected.

sector remains subdued.

Bring Thailand up to Synthomer 

Delivery of Nitrile latex project in Malaysia, commercialisation  

operational standard and innovation.

of SyNovus® and operational efficiencies.

Expansion of local market with products from Europe and look to 
maximise asset capacity.

Continue to supplement market growth from Europe.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  15

Main product 

areas

Mega-trends

Where we 

manufacture 

Revenue

Market trends

Where we 

manufacture 

Revenue

Market trends

Outlook

Priorities

regulations moving to waterbased 

products support growth.

Capacity and capability expansion and 

debottlenecking, operational efficiencies 

and plant network optimisation.

Asia and Rest of the World

Strategic reportBusiness model

Creating and sustaining value 
through innovative solutions

Our sustainable 
value chain

Logistics
Our specialist logistics teams work on ensuring  
safe and timely deliveries of excellent products 
in more than 140 countries.

Quality control 
Our quality control procedures and 
laboratories ensure that we manufacture  
and store finished products in a manner  
that assures quality.

Production
Experienced operations teams continue to 
optimise the production process to be most 
efficient by using complex production 
techniques and removing bottlenecks.

Sourcing raw materials
We work closely with our suppliers to obtain 
competitive prices, correct specification, and 
to improve supply chain resilience.

Our strategy

Our mission is to provide our customers  
with innovative and high performance 
solutions that enable them to efficiently 
produce their own high quality products. 

Our strategy is composed of five key elements: 

1.  Research and development and technical 

expertise to exploit new markets

We anticipate market trends and customer 
requirements to deliver improved products 
with improved margin and product 
differentiation. 

16 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

2.   Driving efficiency and excellence 

through operations

4. Investment in capacity
We seek to add capacity in growth markets.

We operate continuous improvement  
across our operations to improve production 
efficiency, sales effectiveness and functional 
excellence. We seek to identify good 
practice in all areas of our business 
and ensure that relevant learnings are 
disseminated throughout the business.

3. Capacity utilisation
Our aim is to drive profitability through 
maximum utilisation of our assets. This 
involves identifying the root causes of 
production bottlenecks and finding 
innovative solutions to eliminate them. 

5. Business growth through acquisition
We actively seek opportunistic bolt-on 
acquisitions in similar chemistries or 
transformational step change transactions 
not limited by geography or chemistry.

 Read more on pages 18-19

Synthomer is a speciality chemical company 
which uses its Technical Services expertise 
and R&D capability to understand and 
anticipate customer needs to drive 
competitive advantage.

We produce chemical formulations for 
thousands of customers in a range of 
industries, from construction and coatings 
to healthcare and automotive. Our strategic 
procurement specialists acquire the 
upstream raw materials used in our complex 

production processes which involve 
controlling the pressure, temperature and 
duration of mixing reactions in order to 
create specific formulations. Our highly 
skilled and experienced Operations teams, 
supported by R&D, deliver cost effective 
and flexible operational capabilities to 
maximize output and quality. 

Our production sites are local to our 
customers to better understand their 
needs and reduce the cost of logistics  

and our environmental impact. We have 
leading market positions in Europe and 
South East Asia, which continue to be 
underpinned by our drive for environmentally 
friendly technology and exposure to global 
mega-trends.

Effective risk management is the key 
method we deploy to ensure our strategy 
is delivered and sustainable value created.

Research and development
Under central leadership our four research and development 
‘centres of excellence’ work to both develop products that meet 
our customers’ needs and to improve the efficiency of 
their manufacture.

Consumers
We monitor mega-trends and market developments to ensure  
our formulations meet the requirements not only of our customers 
but the end users of their products.

Technical services
Our technical service teams work with our customers to ensure  
we provide the right formulation for their needs.

Formulations
Our formulations are designed for use in customer specific products.

Key beneficiaries of our value chain

Employees
Our employees are a critical part of our 
success. Employees contribute to all aspects 
of our value chain and all employees benefit 
from the success of our business. We are 
committed to providing a safe and rewarding 
environment in which to work. 

Communities
We look to be a valued part of communities in 
which we operate, providing highly skilled 
employment opportunities, being aware of 
how our plans may impact on a community, 
and demonstrating that we respect the 
community and its environment.

Suppliers
Our suppliers are an important part of 
our business and we look to work closely 
with them using the skills of our strategic 
sourcing teams to ensure we get the right 
specification of products for our needs at 
competitive prices.

Governments
We see local safety and environment 
legislative compliance as the minimum 
level at which we should operate, and 
we strive for higher standards. We look to 
ensure that we follow the letter and spirit 
of tax regulations within each of the 
jurisdictions in which we operate and 
contribute fairly to public policy goals.

Customers
Our customers expect us to provide them 
with innovative, high quality, competitive 
products. We seek to work in partnerships 
with customers, using our skilled R&D 
and Technical Services teams, to develop 
products that support their goals.

Shareholders
Our shareholders, as the owners of our 
business, should see the benefits of our focus 
on long term sustainable growth, regulatory 
compliance and strong governance.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  17

Strategic reportStrategy at a glance

Strategic priority

Description

2017 achievements

Key performance indicators

2018 priorities

Risk

We anticipate market trends and 
customer requirements to deliver 
improved products with improved 
margin and product differentiation.

1   Research and 
development 
and technical 
expertise to 
exploit new 
markets

2   Driving efficiency 
and excellence 
through 
operations

We operate continuous improvement 
across our operations to improve 
production efficiency, sales effectiveness 
and functional excellence. We seek 
to identify good practice in all areas of 
our business and ensure that relevant 
learnings are disseminated throughout 
the business.

3   Capacity 
utilisation

Our aim is to drive profitability through 
maximum utilisation of our assets. 
This involves identifying the root 
causes of production bottlenecks 
and finding innovative solutions.

4   Investment  
in capacity

We seek to add capacity, particularly 
in growth markets.

5   Business  

growth through 
acquisitions

We actively seek opportunistic bolt-
on acquisitions in similar chemistries 
or transformational step change 
transactions not limited by geography 
or chemistry.

18 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Sales of new products launched in the 
last five years was at 20.0% of total 
revenue for the second consecutive year. 

Launch of patented SyNovus®, next 
generation Nitrile latex product. 
Concept to commercialisation process 
accelerated to meet market demand.

Board approval to evaluate a new  
state-of-the-art Innovation centre in Asia. 

Utilised value gap analysis to embed 
operational excellence tools and drive 
improved performance.

Begun the roll out of our Customer 
Relationship Management system across 
business to trace new product leads, 
capitalise on customers’ needs and enhance 
cross selling opportunities.

Delivery of strategic procurement initiative 
to provide resilience to security of supply 
and leverage our procurement of key 
raw materials. 

Debottlenecked our site in Marl (Germany) 
to increase production of Foam. 

Disposal of Leuna (Germany) site and 
announcement of rationalisation of Ribécourt 
(France) site as part of the development of the 
manufacturing network following the 
acquisition of PAC (Dispersions).

Approved capacity and capability 
expansions at SBR plants in Marl (Germany) 
and Oulu (Finland) and powder coatings in 
Sant’Albano (Italy). 

Use of Project Excellence methodology 
in capacity expansion projects in Malaysia 
and Germany results in projects being on 
time and on budget.

We completed the acquisition of Speciality 
Additives with one new plant, and 
introduced new products.

Agreed to acquire BASF’s Pischelsdorf site in 
Austria, which completed on 31 January 2018.

Delivered PAC (Dispersions) synergies run 
rate savings of $12m by end of 2018 likely 
further $2m of run rate savings beyond 2019. 

20%

Revenue from new 

products less than 

five years old.

Market penetration of SyNovus®

Secure site for Asian Innovation centre

•  Protection of IP 

•  Competition 

•  Market cyclicality

£176.2m

3.46

Underlying EBITDA 

Energy consumption 

Continued use of our Manufacturing 

(GJ/tonne)

Excellence Process to drive improved 

•  Compliance

performance. 

•  Financial market volatility

•  Accidents or environmental incident

•  Failure of Plant or systems

Completion of our energy reduction projects 

•  Raw material price volatility

£130.0m

0.13

Underlying PBT

Recordable 

Global roll-out of CRM.

accident frequency 

Introduce Commercial Excellence

rate

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

1,443.8

Volume (Wet ktes)

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

1,443.8

Volume (Wet ktes)

Use at value gap methodology to identify 

•  Competition

and unlock ‘hidden capacity’ in our assets.

•  Raw material price volatility

•  Failure of Plant or systems

Use of Project Excellence methodology to 

deliver our capacity improvement projects. 

•  Failure of projects

•  Market cyclicality

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

  Read more on pages 24 – 25

We are highly active in identifying, 

targeting and reviewing opportunities, 

both in relation to bolt on acquisitions 

and transformational step change 

transactions in adjacent chemistries.

Drive integration and synergies from 

BASF Pischelsdorf

•  Availability of suitable opportunities

•  Failure of acquisition  

to deliver benefits

•  Financial market volatility

  Read more on pages 32 – 37

 
Strategic priority

Description

2017 achievements

Key performance indicators

2018 priorities

Risk

1   Research and 

development 

and technical 

expertise to 

exploit new 

markets

2   Driving efficiency 

and excellence 

through 

operations

We anticipate market trends and 

customer requirements to deliver 

improved products with improved 

margin and product differentiation.

Sales of new products launched in the 

last five years was at 20.0% of total 

revenue for the second consecutive year. 

Launch of patented SyNovus®, next 

generation Nitrile latex product. 

Concept to commercialisation process 

accelerated to meet market demand.

Board approval to evaluate a new  

state-of-the-art Innovation centre in Asia. 

We operate continuous improvement 

Utilised value gap analysis to embed 

across our operations to improve 

operational excellence tools and drive 

production efficiency, sales effectiveness 

improved performance.

and functional excellence. We seek 

to identify good practice in all areas of 

our business and ensure that relevant 

learnings are disseminated throughout 

the business.

Begun the roll out of our Customer 

Relationship Management system across 

business to trace new product leads, 

capitalise on customers’ needs and enhance 

cross selling opportunities.

Delivery of strategic procurement initiative 

to provide resilience to security of supply 

and leverage our procurement of key 

raw materials. 

3   Capacity 

utilisation

Our aim is to drive profitability through 

Debottlenecked our site in Marl (Germany) 

maximum utilisation of our assets. 

to increase production of Foam. 

This involves identifying the root 

causes of production bottlenecks 

and finding innovative solutions.

Disposal of Leuna (Germany) site and 

announcement of rationalisation of Ribécourt 

(France) site as part of the development of the 

manufacturing network following the 

acquisition of PAC (Dispersions).

4   Investment  

in capacity

We seek to add capacity, particularly 

Approved capacity and capability 

in growth markets.

expansions at SBR plants in Marl (Germany) 

and Oulu (Finland) and powder coatings in 

Sant’Albano (Italy). 

Use of Project Excellence methodology 

in capacity expansion projects in Malaysia 

and Germany results in projects being on 

time and on budget.

20%

Revenue from new 
products less than 
five years old.

Market penetration of SyNovus®

Secure site for Asian Innovation centre

•  Protection of IP 
•  Competition 
•  Market cyclicality

£176.2m

Underlying EBITDA 

3.46

Energy consumption 
(GJ/tonne)

£130.0m

0.13

Underlying PBT

Recordable 
accident frequency 
rate

Completion of our energy reduction projects 

Continued use of our Manufacturing 
Excellence Process to drive improved 
performance. 

Global roll-out of CRM.

Introduce Commercial Excellence

•  Raw material price volatility
•  Accidents or environmental incident
•  Failure of Plant or systems
•  Compliance
•  Financial market volatility

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

1,443.8

Volume (Wet ktes)

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

1,443.8

Volume (Wet ktes)

Use at value gap methodology to identify 
and unlock ‘hidden capacity’ in our assets.

•  Competition
•  Raw material price volatility
•  Failure of Plant or systems

Use of Project Excellence methodology to 
deliver our capacity improvement projects. 

•  Failure of projects
•  Market cyclicality

5   Business  

growth through 

acquisitions

We actively seek opportunistic bolt-

We completed the acquisition of Speciality 

on acquisitions in similar chemistries 

Additives with one new plant, and 

or transformational step change 

introduced new products.

transactions not limited by geography 

or chemistry.

Agreed to acquire BASF’s Pischelsdorf site in 

Austria, which completed on 31 January 2018.

Delivered PAC (Dispersions) synergies run 

rate savings of $12m by end of 2018 likely 

further $2m of run rate savings beyond 2019. 

£176.2m

£130.0m

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying PBT

30.7p

Underlying EPS

  Read more on pages 24 – 25

We are highly active in identifying, 
targeting and reviewing opportunities, 
both in relation to bolt on acquisitions 
and transformational step change 
transactions in adjacent chemistries.

Drive integration and synergies from 
BASF Pischelsdorf

•  Availability of suitable opportunities
•  Failure of acquisition  
to deliver benefits

•  Financial market volatility

  Read more on pages 32 – 37

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  19

Strategic report 
 + Accelerator free
 + Chemical resistance
 + Durability
 + Tensile strength

 + Lower operating costs
 + Reduced maturation 
– improving customer 
throughput
 + Colour and odour 
improvement

Strategy in action

Responding to 
market needs

Synthomer launches SyNovus® 
Continuing our leadership in synthetic 
Nitrile latex in 2017 we launched our 
latest patented innovation, SyNovus®. 

Designed as a low energy Nitrile with 
reduced maturation needed, SyNovus® 
offers superior tensile strength and higher 
levels of durability and chemical resistance. 
A significant improvement in colour and 
odour improvement makes SyNovus® a 
superior product of choice for the glove 
industry. 

It is the answer to the industry’s needs –
lower operating costs and improved 
efficiency, and is accelerator free which is 
attractive to glove producers and which helps 
reduce the risk of allergic reactions for end 
users. This presents the glove industry with 
the opportunity to develop new market 
opportunities whilst improving the 
sustainability of manufacturing processes. 

SyNovus® is the latest innovation 
and industry benchmark for disposable 
glove manufacturing. It is a leading 
solution that makes manufacturing 
smarter, transforming chemistry into 
business value and safer healthcare for all.

Concept to 
commercialisation

18

months

20 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Investment –  
largest ever capital 
investment in Synthomer

£45m

Investment in  
organic growth

 + Largest Nitrile latex 
Emulsion plant 
in Synthomer
 + Located in the heart of 
Glove Dipping Industry
 + New “Big Reactor” 
Technology
 + Supported by a robust 
supply chain & long 
term market dynamics 

Pasir Gudang Nitrile latex 
1. 2009 Initial Capacity 

100ktes pa

2. 2013 Phase 1 Expansion 

+ 30ktes pa

3. 2015-16 Phase 2 Process Improvement  

+ 47ktes pa

4. 2018 Phase 3 New Capacity  

+ 90ktes pa

5. Future Phase 4 New Capacity  

+ 60ktes pa

“ This project represents a significant 
commitment to the glove dipping 
market where market demand 
exceeded 1 million tonnes for the 
first time in 2017. With the global 
gloves market growing at circa. 8% 
per annum, this investment will allow  
us to maintain and grow our market 
share. Plans are already well 
advanced on Phase 4.”

Jason Davies, SBU Director,  
Health & Protection

“ Work on the Phase 3 expansion 
began in 2016 and has progressed 
safely, on time and on budget 
through 2017. Our dedicated team 
has so far completed more than  
1 million safe hours of work. All of 
the major construction is complete 
with system handover and 
commissioning starting in Q1 2018 
and commercial production 
anticipated to begin before the end 
of 2018. As part of this project, 
ground works and infrastructure 
have been completed to allow a fast 
execution of the Phase 4 expansion.”

Derick Whyte,  
Executive Vice President, Asia

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  21

Strategic report“ The acquisition of BASF 
Pischelsdorf underscores 
our long term commitment 
to our customers in the paper 
industry, whilst providing 
us with an additional site to 
strengthen our network and 
giving us stronger access 
to growing packaging 
end-markets in Europe.”

Bettina Peck, SBU Director,  
Paper, Carpet and Foam

 + Strengthens  
market 
leadership

Strategy in action continued

Business growth 
through acquisition

BASF Pischelsdorf Austria:  
Acquired January 2018 
•  No of sites: 1 
•  No of employees: 42

The Business produces Styrene Butadiene 
Rubber (“SBR”) used in the paper industry, 
notably in packaging end-markets and will 
enhance Synthomer’s SBR business and 
production network for paper/packaging 
applications as well as increase the Group’s 
access to attractive new opportunities 
across Europe. 

 + Expands  

manufacturing  
network

“ This bolt-on acquisition by our 
ENA business meets all of the 
criteria that we apply to M&A 
opportunities and is a welcome 
addition to the Group. Our 
integration team have been 
working with the newly acquired 
business from the date of 
acquisition to ensure that the 
process goes to plan and delivers 
to all stakeholders safely and 
quickly. Synthomer is the clear 
leader in the European market.” 

Calum MacLean, CEO

22 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Successfully completed 
business integrations

PAC (Dispersions) 
Acquired June 2016 
•  Markets: Dispersions, additives, 
powder coatings and speciality 
monomers, 

•  Synergies: $12m annualised from  
end 2018, including further $2m 
annualised in 2019 

Key actions undertaken: 
•  Disposal of Leuna (Germany) site 
•  Restructuring of Ribécourt (France) site

“ We have substantially completed the 
integration of PAC (Dispersions) by 
initiating the final two major actions 
in 2017 and are on target to achieve 
and exceed our synergy goals .”

Christoph Breucker,  
Vice President Europe

Speciality Additives 
Acquired March 2017 
•  Markets: Niche performance 

additives for the decorative and 
industrial coatings industries 

•  Synergies: cross selling opportunities 

into existing customer scope

Key actions undertaken: 
•  Deployment of Synthomer ERP 
•  Sales and customer services 

successfully transferred from Perstorp 

•  Planning for site expansion

“ Speciality Additives was fully integrated 
into Synthomer in 2017 which is a 
testament to the employees there and 
within the wider Synthomer business. 
This speciality additives business, 
which is highly complementary to our 
existing markets and customers, has 
strong market leadership positions (#1 
or #2) and serves a highly attractive, 
blue-chip customer base.”

Neil Whitley, Vice President Specialities, 
M&A and HR 

R&D location 

1

Sites 

7

Employees 

760

Employees 

40

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  23

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

Measuring our progress

Volume 
(Wet ktes)

Underlying 
EBITDA  
(£m)

Underlying 
profit 
before tax  
(£m)

Underlying 
earnings  
per share  
(pence)

Revenue from 
new products
(%)

Recordable 
accident 
frequency  
rate

Energy 
consumption 
per tonne  
(GJ/Tonne)

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

Comment 

•  Underlying growth as well as the acquisition of PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality 

Additives, partly offset by the disposal of our South African business in 2016.

Comment 

•  Record year for Underlying EBITDA benefitting from the acquisitions,  

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.

• 

Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to continuing improvement.

•  Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic acquisitions more 

than compensating for expected softening in Nitrile margins.

Comment 

•  Record year for Underlying profit before tax benefitting from the acquisitions, 

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains. 

• 

Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  

continuing improvement.

•  Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic acquisitions more than 

compensating for expected softening in Nitrile margins.

1,443.8 

Strategic focus 

1,324.9 

1,251 

1,191 

1,182 

43

5

KPI definition
Volume of our products sold in thousands 
of tonnes (wet ktes). The volume is based 
on wet volumes – i.e. the volumes including 
water content.

176.2 

Strategic focus 

160.1 

1

32

KPI definition
Underlying operating profit before 
depreciation, amortisation and 
Special Items.

54

130.0 

122.2 

Strategic focus 

1

32

KPI definition
Underlying profit before tax comprising IFRS 
profit before tax excluding Special Items.

54

30.7 

28.3 

Strategic focus 

43

5

KPI definition
Basic Underlying earnings per share 
before Special Items.

Comment 

•  8.5% growth in Underlying EPS in the year benefiting from the acquisitions, 

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.

125.0 

118.0 

124.0 

95.3 

86.0 

90.1 

21.5 

19.5 

20.7 

0.13 

0.30 

20 

20 

Strategic focus 

1

KPI definition
Percentage of revenue in the year that can 
be attributed to new products launched in 
the last five years.

18 

16 

Strategic focus 

2

KPI definition
Recordable injury rate for accidents involving 
more than first aid treatment, expressed as 
accidents per 100,000 hours worked by 
employees and all contractors.

0.70 

3.46 

3.37 

Strategic focus 

2

KPI definition
Energy (GJ) (including gas, electricity, steam 
and fuel oil) used at each of our plants 
divided by the number of tonnes of product 
made. The energy excludes transport of 
goods to and from site and the movement of 
the associated vehicles on site, but internal 
transport on site is included.

0.55 

0.51 

2.62 

2.63 

2.56 

•  Continued success in our strategy to innovate and create products to meet market and 

•  Achieved our target of 20.0% for the second consecutive time since the KPI 

Comment 

customer needs.

was introduced.

Comment 

•  56% reduction in the recordable accident rate in 2017 continuing an improving trend. 

•  SHE Principles and 10 Golden Rules embedded across the business.

•  Process Hazard Assessment exercise completed on high potential risk sites and processes. 

Comment 

•  10% reduction in VOC emissions.

•  Energy use has increased 2.5% primarily due to the nature of the production facilities 

acquired as a part of the acquisitions.

•  2018 will have renewed focus on energy savings at our top five sites by 

energy consumption.

24 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
Volume 

(Wet ktes)

Underlying 

EBITDA  

(£m)

Underlying 

profit 

before tax  

(£m)

Underlying 

earnings  

per share  

(pence)

Revenue from 

new products

(%)

Recordable 

accident 

frequency  

rate

Energy 

consumption 

per tonne  

(GJ/Tonne)

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

17

16

15

14

13

17

16

15

14

13

125.0 

118.0 

124.0 

95.3 

86.0 

90.1 

21.5 

19.5 

20.7 

5

1

2

2

20 

20 

18 

16 

0.70 

3.46 

3.37 

0.55 

0.51 

2.62 

2.63 

2.56 

1,443.8 

1,324.9 

1,251 

1,191 

1,182 

176.2 

160.1 

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

Volume of our products sold in thousands 

of tonnes (wet ktes). The volume is based 

on wet volumes – i.e. the volumes including 

water content.

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

Underlying operating profit before 

depreciation, amortisation and 

Special Items.

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

130.0 

122.2 

Underlying profit before tax comprising IFRS 

profit before tax excluding Special Items.

43

5

1

32

54

1

32

54

Comment 
•  Underlying growth as well as the acquisition of PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality 
Additives, partly offset by the disposal of our South African business in 2016.

Comment 
•  Record year for Underlying EBITDA benefitting from the acquisitions,  
performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.
Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to continuing improvement.

• 
•  Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic acquisitions more 

than compensating for expected softening in Nitrile margins.

Comment 
•  Record year for Underlying profit before tax benefitting from the acquisitions, 

• 

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains. 
Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  
continuing improvement.

•  Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic acquisitions more than 

compensating for expected softening in Nitrile margins.

Link to strategy

1   Research and Development 

and technical expertise to 
exploit new markets

2   Driving efficiency and 

excellence through operations

3   Capacity utilisation
4   Investment in capacity
5   Business growth  

through acquisition

 Read more on pages 18-19

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

30.7 

28.3 

43

Basic Underlying earnings per share 

before Special Items.

Comment 
•  8.5% growth in Underlying EPS in the year benefiting from the acquisitions, 

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

Percentage of revenue in the year that can 

be attributed to new products launched in 

the last five years.

0.13 

0.30 

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

Recordable injury rate for accidents involving 

more than first aid treatment, expressed as 

accidents per 100,000 hours worked by 

employees and all contractors.

Comment 
•  Continued success in our strategy to innovate and create products to meet market and 

customer needs.

•  Achieved our target of 20.0% for the second consecutive time since the KPI 

was introduced.

Comment 
•  56% reduction in the recordable accident rate in 2017 continuing an improving trend. 
•  SHE Principles and 10 Golden Rules embedded across the business.
•  Process Hazard Assessment exercise completed on high potential risk sites and processes. 

Strategic focus 

KPI definition

Energy (GJ) (including gas, electricity, steam 

and fuel oil) used at each of our plants 

divided by the number of tonnes of product 

made. The energy excludes transport of 

goods to and from site and the movement of 

the associated vehicles on site, but internal 

transport on site is included.

Comment 
•  10% reduction in VOC emissions.
•  Energy use has increased 2.5% primarily due to the nature of the production facilities 

acquired as a part of the acquisitions.

•  2018 will have renewed focus on energy savings at our top five sites by 

energy consumption.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  25

Strategic report 
 
 
 
Segmental review: Europe and North America (ENA)

Europe and North America (ENA)

Highlights

 + Volume and margin growth in both Europe and 

North America 

 + Leading market position in aqueous polymers  

in Europe 

 + PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality Additives 
acquisitions successfully integrated and 
contributing to performance. 

 + Acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf completed 

on 31 January 2018 

Revenue % of Group 

Underlying operating  
profit % of Group

77%

77%

Good underlying 
organic growth  
and successful 
integration of 
acquisitions

26  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

 
ENA revenue increased from £746.1m to £1,134.9m, an increase  
of 52.1%. The rise in revenue mainly reflects incremental volumes 
associated with the PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality Additives 
acquisitions, the positive impact of weaker Sterling, and the higher 
average raw material prices year on year.

Underlying operating profit at £117.1m was 25.5% higher 
(2016: £93.3m), and IFRS operating profit at £77.5m was 
2.8% higher (2016: £75.4m). 

The significant improvement in ENA’s Underlying operating  
profit was due to good underlying growth of the existing business 
(£16.0m) including the full year benefit of PAC (Dispersions), the 
acquisition of Speciality Additives (£3.7m) and the favourable currency 
translation associated with the depreciation in Sterling (£4.1m).

The segment achieved an improved overall margin, driven by 
higher unit margins in our SBR and Specialities businesses. 
Volumes were 1,067.7ktes (+14.0%) with volume increases in most 
markets compensating for a further reduction in paper volumes.

SBR volumes and unit margins in our Carpet and Foam markets 
increased in 2017. Paper volumes were slightly lower in line with  
the market but margins have been maintained, despite the volatility 
in raw material prices during the year. SBR benefitted from capital 
investment to debottleneck our facility in Marl (Germany) which 
delivered additional capacity and allowed us to take advantage  
of growing opportunities in the attractive Asian Foam market.

Our Dispersions business increased volumes but, consistent with 
other market participants, saw a marginal unit margin decline as  
a result of rising raw material prices. Unlike the SBR business, the 
contracting model in this market is to negotiate prices mainly on a 
monthly basis. The integration of the PAC (Dispersions) business, 
including the consolidation and reallocation of production, allows 
this business better control over its cost base and improved 
flexibility to serve customers through our strategically located 
manufacturing network. 

Underlying performance

Volumes (ktes) 

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit – Underlying performance (£m)

Operating profit – IFRS (£m)

2017

1,067.7

1,134.9

140.9

117.1

77.5

2016

936.7

746.1

111.2

93.3

75.4

Increase/(decrease)

% reported

% constant currency

14.0

52.1

26.7

25.5

2.8

47.6

22.5

21.1

Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange 
rates, and include the impact of acquisitions.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  27

Strategic reportSegmental review: Europe and North America (ENA) continued

The integration of the PAC (Dispersions) business, acquired in 2016 
has been substantially completed with a number of actions taken 
this year:

Priorities for 2018

•  Our small manufacturing site in Leuna (Germany) was disposed 

of on 1 January 2018. This small site lacked the operational scale 
required for our manufacturing network and, while the site will 
continue to manufacture products for Synthomer for a short 
period, its production will be moved to other facilities in our 
network in due course; and

•  During December 2017, we commenced a restructuring 

programme at our manufacturing site in Ribécourt (France) to 
right size and simplify the site operations commensurate with  
its core activities of dispersion and spray drying redispersible 
powders. The site simplification will enhance its operational 
efficiency by reducing the product portfolio as well as reducing 
the fixed cost base. This restructuring programme is expected 
to complete in 2019. 

These actions will complete the integration of the PAC (Dispersions) 
acquisition and will allow us to deliver, as previously announced, 
the run rate synergies savings of $12m by the end of 2018, with a 
further incremental $2m of run rate savings to be delivered in 2019.

Our niche businesses in Specialities showed strong underlying 
volume and margin growth along with the contribution made by the 
acquisition of Speciality Additives. Speciality Additives, a niche 
performance speciality additives business serving the decorative 
and industrial coatings industries, has strong market leadership 
positions (#1 or #2) and serves a highly attractive, blue-chip 
customer base. The business operates from a well located, single 
site in Ghent, Belgium where there is potential for growth in capacity 
to meet future demand. The business is highly complementary to 
Synthomer’s existing markets and customers and the Group is 
focused on expanding its market position through developing closer 
relationships with customers and driving operational performance.

On 31 January 2018 we completed the acquisition of the SBR 
business and assets of BASF Pischelsdorf (Austria) for an enterprise 
value of €30 million. The business produces SBR used in the paper 
industry, notably in packaging end-markets. The acquisition enhances 
Synthomer’s SBR business and production network for paper and 
packaging applications as well as increasing the Group’s access to 
attractive new opportunities across Europe, underscoring our 
long-term commitment to our valued customers in the paper industry.

Looking ahead to 2018, ENA management is focused 
on driving growth and the future profitability of the 
business. In delivering this growth strategy the key 
priorities for 2018 are:
 + Organic growth at least in line with GDP
 + Continued delivery of acquisition synergies
 + Integration of the BASF Pischelsdorf acquisition 

into our existing plant network
 + Commissioning our capacity and 

capability expansions

The acquisition of the Pischelsdorf site firmly cements Synthomer  
as market leader in European aqueous polymers, a significant 
milestone in the development of our ENA business. 

Our organic growth strategy is as important to our ENA business as 
our inorganic M&A growth strategy. We have committed significant 
capital resources this year to meet the growing demand for our 
products across Europe and America, through targeted growth 
capex at our principal sites. These investments included:

•  £17m in Worms (Germany) to build made-to-order speciality 
acrylic lines which is on time for commissioning in early 2019;
•  £12m investment in Roebuck (USA) on a new acrylic reactor  

line scheduled to be ready in early 2019;

•  £3m to expand capacity at our powder coatings business in 
Sant’Albano (Italy) which will come online in Q4 2018; and
•  £2m in our SBR facility in Oulu (Finland) scheduled to come 
online in Q3 2018 to expand our capabilities to supply the 
growing packaging and speciality paper markets.

28 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Segmental review: Asia and Rest of the World (ARW)

Asia and Rest of the World (ARW)

 In line with 
expectations, 
Nitrile latex 
margins stable

Highlights

 + Resilient volumes in Nitrile latex in a 

challenging market

 + Nitrile latex unit margins in line with Q4 2016
 + Continued expansion of our sales portfolio 

in China

 + Successful launch of SyNovus®, patented 
next generation Nitrile latex technology

Revenue % of Group 

Underlying operating  
profit % of Group

23%

23%

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  29

Strategic report 
Segmental review: Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) continued

The performance of our ARW business in 2017 was in line with 
expectations, with the lower profitability principally driven by the  
well trailed softer Nitrile latex margins, the disposal of our South 
African business in August 2016, and the ongoing investment  
at our PAC Chonburi (Thailand) site to integrate it into the Asia 
dispersion network system.

Underlying operating profit at £35.1m was 27.9% below the prior 
year (£48.7m), and the IFRS operating profit at £31.2m was 61.6% 
below the prior year (£81.3m). The 2016 IFRS operating profit 
included the profit on the Malaysian land sale of £33.2m and 
the profit on the sale of the South African business of £4.7m.

The Nitrile latex margins, whilst lower overall than 2016, have  
been reasonably resilient and appear to have settled at a lower  
level in 2017, broadly consistent with the margins seen in Q4 2016. 
Reassuringly, the Nitrile latex margins achieved have improved  
over earlier years when new capacity was brought on line and now 
reflect the level of substantial investment made in our customer 
focussed research and development, capacity expansion, service 
and quality. We are committed to this market and to our important 
customer relationships, and our investment in both increased 
capacity and the patented SyNovus® product are testaments  
to this.

Our 2017 Nitrile latex volumes were broadly flat relative to 2016 with 
our existing capacity sold out, except for modest volumes foregone 
in short shutdown periods to integrate the incremental capacity to 
be brought on line later in 2018. 

Volumes in the Dispersions business were also broadly in line  
with the prior year despite the disposal in 2016 of our South African 
business but, like others, margins were impacted by the rise in 
raw material prices. The start-up production facility in Chonburi 
(Thailand), which joined the Group as part of the PAC (Dispersions) 
acquisition in 2016, continued to require operational support to 
bring it into line with Synthomer standards and had a negative 
contribution of £2.3m in the year. A new management team has 
been now put in place to take the site forward.

Research and development is a critical part of our Nitrile latex 
and Dispersions businesses, and we are currently evaluating the 
opportunity to invest in a new state-of-the-art Innovation Centre in 
the region by 2020 and in continuing developmental research in our 
core markets.

University level sponsorship has been a core part of building 
Synthomer’s technology and innovation capability. This year our 
PhD sponsored student at Manchester University successfully 
completed his studies and joined our R&D Team in Kluang, and in 
Asia the Group continued its collaboration with Universiti Teknologi 
Malaysia (UTM), where a Masters Level student has been sponsored 
to work on a Synthomer defined emulsion polymerisation project. 
On completion of her degree in Q1 2018, she will also join the R&D 
team in Kluang. For the second year running, Synthomer sponsored 
an award for Best PhD thesis in Polymer Science at the Institut 
Kimia Malaysia (IKM, Malaysian Chemistry Society).

Underlying performance

Volumes (ktes) 

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit – Underlying performance (£m)

Operating profit – IFRS (£m)

2017

376.1

345.3

48.2

35.1

31.2

2016

388.2

299.6

60.4

48.7

81.3

Increase/(decrease)

% reported

% constant currency

(3.1)

15.3

(20.2)

(27.9)

(61.6)

14.8

(20.4)

(28.1)

Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange 
rates, and include the impact of acquisitions.

30 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

The Nitrile latex market reached the milestone of one million  
tonnes per annum of demand during 2017 and continues to grow  
at between 8% to 10% per annum. In September 2017, Synthomer’s 
Innovation Group responded to the demand of end users and glove 
manufacturers by launching SyNovus®, a ground breaking patented 
new product. SyNovus® is designed to have significantly reduced 
maturation time, superior tensile strength properties, higher levels  
of durability and improved chemical resistance with unprecedented 
colour and odour improvements. This new product was warmly 
received by industry leaders at a dedicated launch event in Kuala 
Lumpur. The Innovation Group also launched a new higher 
performing XSBR latex application for the Carpet market during 
the year.

Our 90ktes capacity expansion of our Nitrile latex facility in Pasir 
Gudang (Malaysia), the largest capital investment undertaken  
by the Group at £45m, is progressing safely, on time and on  
budget. We have now completed all the major construction work 
with commissioning later in 2018 when our installed capacity will 
increase by approximately 40%. As the current expansion moves 
into the commissioning phase we have started the evaluation 
process for the timing of the next stage of the Pasir Gudang 
expansion, the introduction of a further 60ktes of capacity, 
recognising the infrastructure and civil engineering for this further 
expansion has been undertaken in the earlier stage of the project. 
The continued growth in demand for Nitrile latex remains significant 
and we are well placed to capitalise on this growth with our existing 
capacity, our incremental next stage 60ktes capacity expansion, 
and our exciting new patented SyNovus® product.

Priorities for 2018

Turning to 2018 activities, the business is well 
placed to secure future growth in profitability and 
management is keenly focused on the principal 
activities that will allow this potential to be unlocked. 
The priorities for 2018 are:
 + Successful completion of capital investment 

programme in Pasir Gudang

 + Continue to manage Nitrile latex margins in an 

evolving and competitive market

 + Improve operational efficiency of Chonburi to 

Synthomer standards

 + Market penetration of SyNovus®
 + Finalise planning for the next phase of Nitrile latex 

capacity expansion 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  31

Strategic reportRisk management

Managing risk

Successful risk management is fundamental to achieving Synthomer’s strategy by facilitating good decision making, embracing 
opportunities and protecting our sites, systems, staff and other stakeholders. 

Risk  
oversight

Synthomer plc Board
The Board is responsible for creating 
the framework for the Group’s risk 
management to operate effectively 
including setting the risk appetite and 
risk tolerances.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible 
for overseeing the management of 
the principal risks, controls and the 
assurance processes.

Executive management
Executive management are 
responsible for the management of 
our strategic, operational, compliance 
and financial risks using the Risk 
Management framework. This includes 
ensuring there are effective mitigating 
actions and controls in place.

Identification and assessment of risk
We have a structured risk management framework operated 
at regional and Group level. The Business Risk Assessment 
Methodology defines a standard set of risk categories with 
generic risk descriptions to assist management in identifying areas 
of risk. There is also a simple scoring methodology to quantify risk. 
We rank risks, taking into account the mitigating controls in place, 
by combining their economic, operational or reputational impact 
and the likelihood that they may occur.

We use a barrier based “bow tie” method to help management 
define and assess the most critical risk events. The method brings 
structure to the identification of hazards or risk events, potential 
causes of those hazards and the consequences of the hazard 
occurring. The bow tie method also identifies barriers or controls 
in place or needing to be developed to mitigate the likelihood of 
the threats occurring or impact of the effects of the risk event. 

Risk output
Executive management and Group Functions conduct a 
comprehensive independent assessment of the principal risks at 
Group level and record them in a risk register. The Board reviews 
and approves the Group risk register. 

Each region undertakes a formal risk assessment and prepares  
a register using the Business Risk Assessment Methodology. 

Risk management review and assurance
Group Risk Function
The Group Risk Function, an integral part of our Group Operations 
Function, challenges the assumptions, risks identified, prioritisation 
and mitigating actions in place or proposed.

Bow tie methodology
A barrier based bow tie methodology is used to clearly show the relationship between the potential causes (threats), consequences 
and controls (barriers) associated with undesired hazardous events.

Hazard

Threat 1

Proactive barrier

Proactive barrier

Recovery barrier

Recovery barrier

Consequence

Threat 2

Proactive barrier

Proactive barrier

Recovery barrier

Recovery barrier

Consequence

Top event

Escalation  
factor

Escalation  
factor barrier

Escalation  
factor barrier

Escalation  
factor

32 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Assessment of principal risks

Our key risks and assessment of their likelihood and potential 
impact are illustrated in the probability / impact matrix opposite:

Strategic 
1  Volatility in the chemicals and polymers market
2  Competition and failure to innovate
3 
4  Manufacturing capacity expansion
5  Acquisition strategy

Intellectual property

Operational 
6  Safety, health and environment (SHE)
7  Volatility in raw material prices
8  Loss or failure of a manufacturing site
9  Security of systems and sites

Compliance
10 Product quality
11  SHE regulation
12 Ethics

Financial 
13  Financial Market Volatility

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
P

l

i

e
b
s
s
o
P

6

11

13

2

1

10

7

3

9

4

8

5

12

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
p
s
s
e
L

Low

Medium

High

Impact – Reputational/Financial

Assurance providers
Synthomer operates a “three lines of defence” model. A number 
of different internal assurance providers (for example, Group SHE, 
ISO audits and Internal Audit) review the effectiveness of the 
mitigating actions and controls. External assurance is provided 
by our Statutory Auditors and also by an external specialist in 
ISO standards. 

•  Operational risks which, if not successfully managed, would 
threaten our viability. These relate to our ability to operate a 
sustainable and safe business.

•  Compliance risks where a breach of regulations or laws could 
lead to fines from Regulators and reputational risk that may be 
disproportionate to the size of the event leading to a breach.

•  Financial risks relating to the funding and fiscal security of 

the Group.

Our key risks
Risks affect us in many ways. We identify the likelihood and potential 
impact of risks through our formal twice yearly risk assessment 
submissions and also more regularly through empowering 
management to consider and react to risks. These reviews, together 
with our three line defence model, enable us to establish effective 
controls to mitigate their effects. 

The table on pages 34 to 37 shows more detail on the key risks 
identified in 2017. Our Board and management consider that these 
pose the greatest threats to our business and they score highest on 
our risk table. They fall into categories that relate closely to our 
business model. Not all risks facing Synthomer are listed and the 
risks are not listed in any order of priority.

We categorise our risks taking into account the effectiveness  
of mitigating actions and controls, in the following areas: 

•  Strategic risks that could prevent us from achieving our 

strategic objectives. 

The nature of risk changes over time with new risks emerging and 
the impact of others changing. Our risk management and assurance 
programme can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
that key risks are managed to an acceptable level.

The three lines of defence

Board/audit committee

Senior management

1st line of defence

2nd line of defence

3rd line of defence

  Policies

  Procedures

 Risk Management

 Internal Audit

 Financial Control

  Management Controls

 Group SHE

 Regulatory Affairs

 Legal Department

 Quality

Functions that own  
and manage risks

Functions that oversee risks

Functions that provide 
independent assurance

External  
Auditor

Regulators
(E.g. HSE. EA. ICO, 
CMA, FCA)

Investors and rating 
agencies

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  33

Strategic report 
Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group’s strategic objectives can only be achieved if certain risks are taken and managed effectively.  
We have listed below the key risks that affect our business, although there are other lower level risks that occur 
and impact the Group’s performance which are also actively managed through our risk management framework.

Strategic Risks
Risk

Response

2018 Plans

Volatility in the chemicals and polymers market

The global chemicals and polymers 
markets are inherently volatile affecting 
volumes and margins and may adversely 
affect the results of the Group. 

1

4

V

The Group maintains a balanced portfolio of 
products serving a wide range of end markets 
around the globe. Segment performance at 
business unit level is closely monitored and 
corrective actions are taken as necessary. 

Our acquisition strategy continues to 
target expansion in new geographic 
regions and also adjacent speciality 
chemicals businesses to help us 
diversify the risk further.

Competition and failure to innovate

Our markets are highly competitive and 
the Group could lose market share to 
other producers of speciality chemicals or 
to other products that can be substituted 
for the products of the Group.

The Group continues to invest in enhancing 
existing products and developing new 
products through our R&D programme and  
also our acquisition strategy includes 
technologies that are new to the Group. 

1

3

V

Intellectual property

The value of the Group is dependent 
on our ability to identify and secure our 
own intellectual property and ensure we 
do not breach third parties intellectual 
property rights which could lead to 
reputational damage. 

1

Manufacturing capacity

Enhancements to our plants to 
increase manufacturing capacity 
to take advantage of growth markets 
are dependent on project management. 
Poor execution of our various projects 
could impact on our ability to deliver the 
capacity enhancements. 

4

V

Our technical services teams work with our 
customers to understand and anticipate their 
future needs and to help them drive efficiencies 
in their own manufacturing process.

All sites operate quality management systems 
including assurance processes to ensure the 
quality of products meets agreed standards. 

The Group has a dedicated team 
for management of IP and protects 
its intellectual property through an 
active patent programme and monitoring 
for infringements. 

We have a robust capital appraisal process 
in place to assess proposed projects to 
ensure they deliver value which includes 
regular reporting to the Board. Project 
Excellence methodology is in place for all 
significant CAPEX projects and is subject  
to Internal Audit review. The outcome of 
completed projects with costs in excess  
of £1m are reviewed by the Audit Committee.

New product development continues 
to diversify the Group’s risk.

We have strengthened our business 
development teams and expect further 
projects and new product releases to 
bring competitive advantage. Our global 
Customer Relationship Management 
system (CRM) will enable our sales teams 
to better identify and secure opportunities. 

Our integrated business planning process 
will enable further efficiencies in 
manufacturing processes and costs. 

Where appropriate we patent all 
intellectual property in products, 
processes and technologies.

We will continue to improve our IT 
Governance to secure IP held within 
our plant and ERP systems to protect 
it from theft or unauthorised use. 

We have announced three significant 
capacity enhancements that will 
deliver volume in late 2018/early 2019.

Our Project Excellence methodology is 
being rolled out across all of our projects 
in 2018.

Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) for 
our significant capital projects is being 
introduced to the Long Term Incentive 
Plan (LTIP) performance measures in 2018.

34 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

  
  
  
Link to strategy

1   Research and development and technical 

expertise to exploit new markets

2   Driving efficiency and excellence  

through operations

3   Capacity utilisation

4  

Investment in capacity

5   Business growth through acquisition

Change in risk

  No change

Increase 

  Decrease

 Read more on pages 18-19

V   Sensitivity for risk made in assessing viability

Risk

Response

2018 Plans

Acquisition strategy

The Group’s strategic plan involves 
significant M&A activity to grow our 
business. There is a risk that we identify 
the wrong targets, pay too high a price, 
fail to integrate acquired assets and 
drive planned synergies, or encounter 
performance, funding and cashflow 
issues and potentially unknown liabilities. 

5

Operational Risks
Risk

Safety, health and environment (SHE)

The chemical industry is inherently 
dangerous involving the safe transport, 
storage and manufacture of hazardous 
chemicals. Failure to manage the impact 
on our staff, manufacturing sites and the 
environment of these risks could lead to 
regulatory fines, reputational damage and 
lost production.

2

Volatility in raw material prices

Executive management has extensive 
experience of successful M&A transactions 
including integration of the acquired business. 

M&A activity will continue to be closely 
scrutinised and challenged by the Board.

External advice is used to help identify 
targets, prepare bids and incisive due 
diligence. 

Detailed integration plans are prepared  
as part of the due diligence exercise. 

We will increase the efficiency of our 
existing processes and continue to invest 
in our ERP systems to enable smoother 
integration of acquired businesses. 

Ongoing review of acquisition process  
and implementation of lessons learned  
to future transactions. 

Response

2018 Plans

Synthomer operates a central safety audit 
function dedicated to SHE issues and it 
provides advice to, and monitors, our sites 
to enable continuous improvement across 
all major SHE areas. Increasingly the focus 
is on process safety risk to mitigate the risk 
of major incidents. 

Maintenance programmes are undertaken 
to mitigate the risks. 

Our Group SHE audits will continue to 
focus on higher risk areas including 
process safety. We will make further 
progress on our long term ambition 
to implement a proactive approach to 
maintenance as a preventable measure. 

We will focus specifically on completing 
the actions from our Process Hazard 
Assessments.

Volatility in the prices of our key raw 
materials can affect the profitability of the 
Group and its working capital position.

The Group actively manages margins and is 
focused on recovering input cost increases 
from customers.

2

3

Loss or failure of a manufacturing site

A site might be unable to operate, whether 
temporarily or longer term, due to a risk 
event, including natural disaster, safety 
incident, failure of a key supplier or the 
supply chain, sabotage and cyber-attack, 
and would have an adverse impact on 
operations and business unit profitability.

2

3

V

Crisis management procedures are in place 
for all sites to respond to risk events which 
are reviewed and tested regularly. 

Sourcing strategies are in place Group-wide 
to access multiple sources for key raw 
materials and the Group works closely 
with key suppliers to ensure availability. 
Single sourced materials are identified 
and inventory retained, where appropriate, 
to mitigate risk of supply chain failure.

Strategic raw material sourcing teams 
will continue to broaden and strengthen 
supplier relationships and secure 
contracts to enhance optionality in 
volatile raw materials markets.

Incremental offsite storage facilities will  
be secured to both enhance security of 
supply and provide greater flexibility in 
sourcing key raw materials.

We will continue to improve existing plans 
and develop overall business continuity 
plans including crisis management 
response, disaster recovery for key 
systems and data as well as longer 
term recovery of operations. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  35

Strategic report  
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Operational Risks continued
Risk

Response

2018 Plans

Security of systems and sites

We are reliant on various systems to run our 
business. As the frequency, sophistication 
and effect of cyber-attacks continues to 
grow across the world, all of our systems, 
including our industrial control systems, 
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), and 
communications could be targeted. We could 
lose intellectual property and customer data 
which might undermine our competitive 
position or a cyber attack could leave one of 
our plants out of action or used for sabotage. 

1

2

3

Compliance Risks
Risk

Product quality

Product quality and reliability is a key 
element of our competitive position. 
The Group may lose customers and 
potentially be liable for damages for 
any quality issues. 

2

Network intrusion detection and prevention 
has been strengthened with all computers 
now protected with a consistent anti-
virus product. 

Vulnerability assessments and penetration 
testing is performed to identify risks in our 
networks and mitigating actions required 
to meet the evolving threats. 

Further security processes and 
procedures targeted at these areas are 
being implemented in 2018 including 
industrial control systems isolation and 
secure third party remote access.

We will increase our IT resilience 
through refreshed testing of 
our disaster recovery arrangements. 

Physical security standards will be 
developed in consultation with our 
SHE teams and Chief Security Officer. 

Response

2018 Plans

Technically qualified personnel and control 
systems are in place around the Group to 
ensure products meet agreed standards.

The Group will continue to invest in 
quality control systems and quality 
assurance testing. 

Synthomer has a Group-wide product 
liability insurance policy.

The Group has a number of leading and 
lagging performance indicators which are 
reviewed monthly. 

SHE regulation

Failure to comply with extensive and 
constantly evolving environmental, health 
and safety laws and regulations could lead 
to significant fines, reputational damage 
and loss of operating licences.

Detailed safety, health and environmental 
processes are documented in operating 
guidance which is updated and 
communicated to staff on a regular basis. 

2

Ethics

Our Regulatory Affairs department will 
ensure we comply with the REACH 
regulations throughout the European 
Union and monitor changes in legal 
requirements in other jurisdictions to 
ensure we remain compliant. 

The Group could suffer substantial 
penalties, damage to reputation and 
other sanctions for any failure to control, 
for example, anti-competitive behaviour, 
bribery and corruption, or breaches of 
trade sanctions. New enhanced rules for 
data privacy in the European Union with 
greater potential penalties could impact 
the Group. 

All our key employees affirm their 
understanding of the code of business 
conduct, covering corruption and anti-
competitive business practices. Malpractice 
reporting and whistleblowing protection are 
similarly covered in the Group policy on 
protecting our reputation. Group Legal and 
local management provide regular training 
to targeted groups of employees. 

We plan to enhance the existing e-learning 
modules with an improved monitoring 
process, refresher training, and roll out  
of additional compliance areas. We will 
implement a new sanctions screening 
product to reduce the risk of non-compliance.

We are working to ensure our data privacy 
framework including reporting of breaches 
meet the new legal requirements.

2

36 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

 
Link to strategy

1   Research and development and technical 

expertise to exploit new markets

2   Driving efficiency and excellence  

through operations

Financial Risks 
Risk

Financial market volatility

A significant proportion of the Group’s 
turnover and assets are in currencies 
other than UK sterling and fluctuations in 
currency exchange rates may significantly 
impact the results of the Group.

The Group’s balance sheet and cash 
flow, and also credit market conditions 
and credit ratings, may restrict the ability 
of the Group to obtain credit facilities or 
to refinance its existing debt facilities in 
the longer term. 

The Group has funding risks relating 
to defined benefit pension scheme 
obligations, the value of which are highly 
dependent on volatile financial markets.

2

5

V

3   Capacity utilisation

4  

Investment in capacity

5   Business growth through acquisition

 Read more on pages 18-19

Change in risk

  No change

Increase 

  Decrease

V    Sensitivity for risk made in assessing viability

Response

2018 Plans

The Group has a policy of hedging all 
significant foreign exchange transactional 
exposure at operating company level. The 
Group borrows a proportion of its funding  
in overseas currencies to hedge the net 
assets held in those currencies.

The Group closely monitors its operating 
cash flow and capital expenditure on a 
monthly basis and regularly reviews 
covenant compliance. 

The UK scheme was closed to future 
accrual in 2009 and additional contributions 
and careful asset management should 
reduce the deficit over the longer term. 
Overseas schemes are reviewed annually  
by actuaries to ensure appropriate 
contributions are made and liabilities are 
recognised appropriately. 

We will continue to hedge currency risks.

We will continue to monitor our covenants 
as we pursue our M&A strategy and ensure 
we pay the right price for acquisitions.

Pension deficits are expected to reduce 
over the longer term as the Group pays 
the additional contributions agreed with 
the Trustees in 2016. The timescale will  
be affected by movements in the financial 
markets and the discount rate. 

A Group-wide review of pension and 
other long term employee liabilities will 
be undertaken in 2018. 

Viability statement

In accordance with the provision of section C.2.2 of the 2016 
revision of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Directors 
have assessed the viability of the Group over a five-year period 
to December 2022, being the period covered by the Group’s 
approved strategic plan. This plan, which is updated annually, 
includes analyses of product and profit performance, cash  
flow, investment programmes and returns to shareholders.

The Directors consider five years to be an appropriate time 
horizon for the strategic plan, being the period over which the 
Group actively focuses on its long term product development 
and capital expenditure investments. A period above five  
years is considered by the Directors to be too long, given  
the uncertainties that exist beyond this time frame.

In making their assessment, the Directors have considered the 
Group’s current strong financial position, including the existing 
committed bank facilities, which have been assumed to be 
refinanced at maturity in July 2019.

Furthermore, a sensitivity analysis has been undertaken, 
focusing on the impact of the principal risks (detailed on pages 34 
to 37) over the five year period. The risks have been assessed 
for their potential impact on the Group’s business model, future 
trading and funding structure. The sensitivity analysis has 
considered a number of severe but plausible 

scenarios, linked to the risks considered to have the most 
significant financial impact. In all cases, the impact was 
considered on both liquidity and borrowing covenants.

The scenarios included trading volatility, increased competition, 
delays in capacity improvement, failure of new products and 
the temporary loss of a major manufacturing site. They also 
included significant foreign currency exchange rate or interest 
rate movements risks, which are deemed to be outside the 
control of the Group. A combined sensitivity was also performed, 
aggregating all of the scenarios considered. The results took 
into account the availability and likely degree of effectiveness 
of mitigating actions available. 

While this sensitivity analysis did not consider all of the risks that 
the Group may face, the Directors consider that it is reasonable 
in the circumstances of the inherent uncertainty involved.

Based on the results of this analysis, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five 
year period.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  37

Strategic report  
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s review

A solid and sustainable 
performance, built on a strong  
and flexible balance sheet

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

Strategic highlights
 + Solid and sustainable profits growth driven by 

acquisitions, unit margins and fx

 + Consistently strong operating cash flows
 + Record investment in growth capex
 + Strong and flexible balance sheet, allowing us to 

invest in organic and inorganic growth

Overview
2017 has been another progressive year for the Group with solid 
growth and the successful integrations of PAC (Dispersions) 
acquired in 2016 and Speciality Additives acquired in 2017.

The key drivers behind the improvement in overall performance were:

•  ENA saw good Underlying profit growth as volumes and unit 

margins increased.

•  ARW performed in line with expectations, with stable Nitrile latex 

margins relative to the final quarter of 2016. 

•  Speciality Additives, a £66.1m bolt-on acquisition, completed 

and was integrated into the Group.

•  The integration of PAC (Dispersions) was substantially completed 
and on target to deliver the $12m run rate synergies by end of 
2018 with a further incremental $2m run rate synergies to be 
delivered by the end of 2019. The disposal of our Leuna 
(Germany) site and the announcement of the restructuring of  
our Ribécourt (France) site were the last significant steps in the 
integration.

•  The continuing weakness of Sterling has resulted in a positive 

impact on the Group’s reported results, albeit this mainly related 
to H1.

Alternative performance measures
The Group has consistently used two significant Alternative 
Performance Measures (‘APMs’) since its adoption of International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) in 2005:

•  Underlying performance, which excludes Special Items from 

IFRS profit measures

•  EBITDA, which excludes Special Items, amortisation and 

depreciation from IFRS operating profit

The Board’s view is that Underlying performance provides additional clarity for the Group’s investors and so it is the primary focus of the 
Group’s narrative reporting. Further information and the reconciliation to the IFRS measures are included in notes 2, 5 and 6.

Income statement 
Operating profit 
The table below bridges the 2016 and 2017 IFRS operating profit, showing the improvement in the existing businesses, the impact of the 
2017 acquisition of Speciality Additives, the impact of the weakness of Sterling on translation, and the effect of the Special Items.

Europe & 
North America
 £m

75.4

17.9

93.3

16.0

109.3

3.7

–

4.1

Asia & Rest 
of World
 £m

81.3

(32.6)

48.7

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses 
£m

(12.0)

0.2

(11.8)

17.1%

(12.5)

(25.7)%

(1.4)

(11.9)%

36.2

–

(1.2)

0.1

35.1

(3.9)

31.2

(13.2)

–

–

–

(27.9)%

(13.2)

(11.9)%

(0.1)

(61.6)%

(13.3)

(10.8)%

117.1

25.5%

(39.6)

77.5

2.8%

Total 
£m

144.7

(14.5)

130.2

2.1

132.3

3.7

(1.2)

4.2

139.0

(43.6)

95.4

1.6%

6.8%

(34.1)%

2016 – IFRS

Add/(deduct): 2016 – Special Items

2016 – Underlying performance

2017 – Underlying business changes

2017 –  Underlying existing business  
at 2016 exchange rates

2017 – Acquisition of Speciality Additives

2017 – Disposal of South Africa

2017 – Impact of 2017 exchange rates

2017 –  Underlying performance  

at 2017 exchange rates

Deduct: 2017 – Special Items

2017 – IFRS

The following should be noted:

•  The underlying improvement in the ENA existing business of £16.0m (17.1%) reflects the full year impact of the acquisition of PAC 

(Dispersions) as well as improvements in margins in most markets.

•  ARW Nitrile latex volumes were in line with the prior year and margins were robust and broadly in line with Q4 2016. Further operational 

investment in the PAC Chonburi (Thailand) site has been made in 2017, impacting Underlying operating profit.

•  Underlying unallocated corporate costs increased by £1.4m reflecting the increase in the cost of share-based payments due to the rise in 
share price during 2017 and the crystallisation of the outcome of strategic targets, and further strengthening of the management team in 
the London Head Office.

•  The continuing weakness of Sterling during the year resulted in an increase in the Group’s reported profit in Sterling. For the European 
businesses, the rate used for translating profit moved from £1:€1.2180 in 2016 to £1:€1.1430 in 2017, with a resulting uplift in the 2017 
ENA profit of £4.1m.

Special Items

Restructuring and site closure

Profit on sale of business

Profit on sale of land

Gain on foreign exchange contracts relating to acquisition

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

2017 
£m

(11.6)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(31.0)

(43.6)

2016 
£m

(5.2)

4.7

33.2

13.1

(4.3)

(27.0)

14.5

The following items of income and expense have been reported as Special Items, in line with the comments above:

•  The restructuring and site closure costs included £9.0m in relation to the post-acquisition integration of the PAC (Dispersions) business 
with the majority being attributable to the rationalisation of the Ribécourt (France) site. A further £1.6m related to the cost of an onerous 
lease on a site closed during 2017, while £0.8m comprised costs for the post-acquisition integration of Speciality Additives.

•  The profit on sale of business relates to the disposal of our South African business in 2016.
•  The profit on sale of land in 2017 related to a disposal of land in Hapton, UK. The profit on sale of land in 2016 related to the disposal of 

tranches of Malaysian land.

•  The gain of £13.1m in 2016 resulted from foreign exchange contracts taken out as a hedge against the US dollar purchase consideration 

of the PAC (Dispersions) acquisition.

•  Acquisition costs were incurred in relation to Speciality Additives (2016: PAC (Dispersions)) and for other potential acquisitions which will 

not occur or had not occurred before the balance sheet date. 

•  The amortisation of intangibles increased during 2017 due to a full year of amortisation for the 2016 PAC (Dispersions) acquisition, the 

intangibles acquired with Speciality Additives and due to foreign currency exchange rate movements.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  39

Strategic reportChief Financial Officer’s review continued

Finance costs & profit before taxation

Operating profit (including share of JV’s)

Finance Costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Increase/(decrease) in profit/loss before tax %

2017

Special 
 Items 
£m

(43.6)

–

(43.6)

Underlying
 performance 
£m

139.0

(9.0)

130.0

6.4

Underlying
 performance 
£m

130.2

(8.0)

122.2

IFRS 
 £m

95.4

(9.0)

86.4

(36.8)

2016

Special
 Items 
 £m

14.5

–

14.5

IFRS 
 £m

144.7

(8.0)

136.7

Finance costs are higher than 2016, principally reflecting the full year impact of the increase in borrowings to fund the PAC (Dispersions) 
acquisition, and the further increase in borrowings to fund the acquisition of Speciality Additives.

Taxation

Taxation (charge)/credit £m

Effective tax rate %

Underlying
performance 

(24.7)

19.0

2017

Special 
 Items 

13.1

30.4

IFRS 

(11.6)

13.4

Underlying
performance 

(24.5)

20.0

2016

Special 
 Items

9.1

(62.8)

IFRS

(15.4)

11.3

The IFRS effective tax rate is impacted by the tax credit on the Special Items. It is therefore helpful to consider the underlying and Special 
Items separately:

•  The effective tax rate on Underlying performance has reduced slightly in the year due to prior year adjustments and changes in overseas 

tax rates.

•  The effective tax rate for Special Items is principally driven by the deferred tax credit on the amortisation of acquired intangibles.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests

Underlying
 performance 
£m

0.8

2017

Special
Items 
£m

–

IFRS
£m

0.8

Underlying
performance
£m

1.5

2016

Special
Items
£m

9.4

IFRS
£m

10.9

The Group continues to have a 70% holding in Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd and its subsidiaries. This company and its subsidiaries is now a 
relatively minor part of the Group and hence the non-controlling interests impact on the Underlying performance is not significant.

The Special Item in 2016 reflects the non-controlling interests share (30%) in the land sale referred to in the Special Items section above. The 
land was owned by Kind Action Sdn Bhd, a 100% subsidiary of Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd.

40 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Earnings per share

Earnings per share (pence)

Growth %

Underlying
performance 

30.7

8.5

2017

Special
items 

(8.9)

–

Underlying
performance

28.3

IFRS 

21.8

(32.9)

2016

Special
items

4.2

IFRS

32.5

The Group’s issued share capital has not changed for a number of years and therefore the average number of shares in issue remains 
similar to last year at 340 million. The changes in Underlying and IFRS earnings per share shown in the table is therefore driven 
predominantly by the same factors that influence the change in profit before taxation and taxation described above. 

Cash performance
The consolidated cash flow statement shows a modest increase in cash generated from operations, from £157.0m in 2016 to £162.6m in 2017. 
After other operating, investing and financing cash flows, cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts increased by £10.7m (2016: £43.9m).

The Group’s primary focus is on managing net borrowings rather than on cash. The following summarises the movement in net borrowings 
and is in the format used by management:

Underlying operating profit (before joint ventures)

Movement in working capital

Depreciation and amortisation (underlying)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Business cash flow

Interest paid (net)

Tax paid

IAS 19 Interest charge

Pension funding in excess of IAS 19 charge

Share based payments variance to IFRS2 charge

Non-controlling interest and joint venture dividends

Underlying operating cash flow

Cash impact of restructuring

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of business

Sale of business

Dividends paid

Foreign exchange and other movements

Movement in net borrowings

2017 
£m

2016
£m

138.0

128.2

9.5

37.2

(60.3)

124.4

(4.8)

(26.1)

(4.3)

(12.5)

(0.3)

1.5

77.9

(6.0)

2.2

10.2

29.9

(45.6)

122.7

(3.3)

(17.1)

(4.5)

(12.4)

1.6

(1.1)

85.9

(5.5)

34.4

(66.2)

(156.7)

7.6

(39.1)

(6.6)

(30.2)

12.8

(30.3)

(13.5)

(72.9)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  41

Strategic reportChief Financial Officer’s review continued

Due to the continued strong cash performance of the Group, the Business cash flow at £124.4m (2016: £122.7m) has remained stable, 
despite a £14.7m increase in expenditure on property, plant and equipment. Further commentary on the other significant cash flows is 
provided below. 

•  Working capital control remained a key focus of Group management, demonstrated by achieving a cash inflow in a year of organic 

growth and rising raw material prices.

•  The increase in capital expenditure, which is largely being invested in our plants, reflects the cash spend on the previously announced 
Nitrile latex capacity increase in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) (£15m), and the made-to-order speciality acrylic lines in Worms (Germany) of 
£8m.

•  The rise in cash tax payments of £9m primarily reflects payments in respect of acquisitions in 2016 and 2017 of £4m and higher 

payments on account, principally in Italy and Germany of £6m. 

•  The amount shown as pension funding in excess of IAS19 charge mainly reflects the UK defined benefit deficit recovery funding of 

£14.7m (2016: £14.5m). 

•  The outflow for purchase of business of £66.2m primarily relates to the acquisition of Speciality Additives. The prior year outflow of 

£156.7m mainly relates to the purchase of PAC (Dispersions).

•  The business sale proceeds of £7.6m is the amount received ahead of the year end on the disposal of Synthomer Leuna GmbH, as 
disclosed in note 37. The prior year proceeds of £12.8m related to the net cash consideration received on the disposal of our South 
African business.

•  Substantial amounts of the Group’s borrowings have been maintained in Euros and US dollars as a natural hedge against the net asset 
base in these two currencies. With the devaluation of Sterling referred to above, the translation at the year end rates has resulted in an 
exchange loss and therefore a higher borrowings amount (offset by a corresponding increase in the net asset base in these currencies).

Financing and liquidity
The Group retains the use of a committed revolving credit facility of £370m, sourced from five banks. This facility provided the necessary 
funds to complete the acquisition of Speciality Additives, while maintaining substantial headroom. An additional committed short term bank 
loan facility of €55m (£48.9m) was entered into in November 2017, to provide extra liquidity in anticipation of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR 
business acquisition on 31 January 2018, for an enterprise value of €30m. 

Committed facilities

Drawn at 31 December

Headroom

2017
£m

418.9

246.7

172.2

2016
£m

370.0

203.9

166.1

In addition to the facility headroom identified above, the Group had cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2017 of £89.6m (2016: 
£117.4m) offset by overdrafts of £24.2m (2016: £65.4m).

The principal financial covenant in the revolving credit facility remains that net borrowings must be less than 3.0 times EBITDA at 31 
December 2017.

Net borrowings

EBITDA

Net borrowings/EBITDA

2017
£m

180.5

176.2

1.0

2016
£m

150.3

160.1

0.9

The significant facility and covenant headroom demonstrates the continued financial strength of the Group, which is well positioned to fund 
future organic growth and take advantage of further bolt-on acquisitions.

42 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Pensions 

UK

Overseas

Charge to  
income statement

Post retirement
benefit obligations

2017
£m

5.1

7.2

12.3

2016
£m

4.6

6.9

11.5

2017
£m

78.3

78.9

157.2

2016
£m

112.5

74.2

186.7

The table sets out the total pension charge included in the income statement and the total defined benefit obligation included in the  
balance sheet.

The following should be noted:

•  The overseas pension cost has increased due to the PAC (Dispersions) and Speciality Additives acquisitions. The UK pension cost  

has increased, mainly due to an increase in net interest expense in the defined benefit scheme.

•  The reduction in UK defined benefit pension liabilities of £34.2m primarily relates to an improvement in mortality actuarial assumptions 
(£18.5m), pension scheme deficit recovery payment of £14.7m, offset by a reduction in the discount rate from 2.7% to 2.5% (£11.4m).

Acquisition and disposal accounting 
The accounting for the acquisition of Speciality Additives and the disposal of Synthomer Leuna GmbH are shown in the notes 31 and 37 respectively. 

For the acquisition, the assets and liabilities have been included at fair value with the balance of consideration shown as goodwill. KPMG 
LLP were engaged to advise on the fair value of the Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE). Overall their conclusion was that the total fair 
value of the PPE should be increased by £4.8m. KPMG LLP also performed a valuation of the intangibles, which mainly comprised 
customer relationships. Accordingly, on acquisition the Group recognised goodwill and acquired intangibles of £24.1m and £41.4m 
respectively and the valuation is now final. These intangibles are being amortised over periods of 5 to 14 years.

Post balance sheet events
On 1 January 2018, the Group sold Synthomer Leuna GmbH, comprising the assets of a plant in Germany for a profit of £1.5m.

On 31 January 2018, the Group completed the purchase of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR business and assets, for €29.3m. The purchase 
consideration was funded from the Group’s existing financial resources.

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  43

Strategic reportSustainability

Sustainability at the 
heart of our business

Sustainability Highlights
 + Best ever recordable injury rate, reduced by 56% 

compared to 2016 

 + 10% reduction in VOC emissions
 + Relaunch of Company website, strengthening 

employee brand

 + Successful launch of mentoring programme

The Group’s international operations fulfil their responsibility to record, 
monitor and make publicly available the potential impact of its activities. 
In pursuing its corporate strategy, Synthomer’s aim is to adopt business 
practices that are economically, socially and environmentally sustainable, 
and to promote these to its stakeholders in order to strengthen 
relationships, share knowledge and encourage best practice. 

The Group’s risk management processes include consideration of  
the potential impact of corporate responsibility issues on Synthomer’s 
performance. The Group’s investment decisions take into account 
appropriate evaluations of the potential consequences for its 
employees, customers and suppliers and the environment.

Introduction
Synthomer recognises the significance and importance of being  
a responsible Company. We take responsibility for the complete  
life cycle of our products and for the impact our operations have  
on people and the environment. 

Synthomer considers the issues that are material to its business  
and seeks to respond to them in a manner appropriate to the 
interests of all its stakeholders. 

Our commitment to science  
and education
This year, Synthomer supported SCI’s inaugural Bright SCIdea 
Challenge – a competition for teams of university students to turn  
an idea for a scientific innovation into a business pitch. The aim  
of the competition is to help ambitious young scientists develop  
their entrepreneurial skills – the essential tools required to  
translate a scientific idea into a commercially viable business  
with real-world benefits. 

We are committed to approaching our business in an ethical and 
environmentally sound manner and have been committed to the 
International Council of Chemical Associations’ (ICCA) Responsible 
Care project since the early 1990s.

Our work in this area has been highlighted through the Group’s 
inclusion in the FTSE4Good Index since 2004. The FTSE4Good 
Index is operated by FTSE and highlights the performance of stock 
market listed companies against a range of environmental, social 
and governance criteria. To be eligible for inclusion in the index 
companies must demonstrate a high level of commitment in  
areas such as climate change, environmental management  
and human rights.

SCI is a multidisciplinary membership organisation where science 
meets business on independent, impartial ground. Established in  
1881 as the Society of Chemical Industry, it supports the translation  
of science-based innovation into industry for the benefit of society.  
SCI work through a global network of industrialists and academics  
in sectors as diverse as food and agriculture, pharmaceuticals  
and energy. 

“Synthomer was excited to take the sponsorship role for the SCIdea 
initiative. This was a great opportunity for Synthomer to help early 
career scientists gain exposure and develop some core competencies 
that will help shape them as future leaders of the chemical industry”.

Robin Harrison, Global Innovation Director

To ensure the safe management and use of its products, Synthomer 
is committed to sharing relevant health and safety information 
throughout the value chain. To achieve this, we work closely with 
our suppliers and customers to fully understand the environmental 
impact of our raw materials, processes and products on the overall 
product life cycle. We identify potential improvement areas and 
focus efforts on delivering those improvements. Growing sustainably 
is a challenge, but it is one that we are committed to taking on.

44 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

 
Our approach

Our people 

We have made good progress in all five pillars 
of our growth and productivity framework to 
create an open and positive work environment 
for our people.

 Read more on pages 46 to 49

Employees 

2,879

Safety, health and  
the environment

We have continued to focus on  
reducing accident rates in the past  
year. Total recordable accident rate  
fell 56%. We are committed to  
achieving a zero accident rate.

 Read more on pages 50 to 55

Employees  
working in R&D 

186

Recordable  
accident rate  
per 100,000 hours 

0.13

Reportable PSEs  
per 100,000 hours 

0.19

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  45

Strategic reportSustainability
Sustainability continued

Our people

Employees in the  
emerging markets

24%

Total Group markets

17

Growth and productivity framework

Drive Growth  
and Productivity

n
o
i
t
c
a
r
t
t

A

n
o
i
t
n
e
t
e
R
d
n
a

n
o
i
t
i
n
g
o
c
e
R
d
n
a
d
r
a
w
e
R

s
s
e
n
e
v
i
t
c
e
f
f

E

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
a
g
r
O

i

i

g
n
n
r
a
e
L

t
n
e
m
p
o
e
v
e
D

l

l

t
n
e
m
p
o
e
v
e
D
p
h
s
r
e
d
a
e
L

i

Promoting  
a Positive 
Environment

Proactive, 
Business 
integrated  
HR Team

Responsive  
HR Policies, 
Systems and 
processes

Board

Senior management

Employees

Male

7

36

Female

1

4

Total

8

40

2,265

566

2,831

46 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Attraction & Retention
In 2017 we relaunched our Company website with a particular focus 
on strengthening our employee brand. The new website makes it 
easier for prospective employees to better understand the benefits 
of joining Synthomer and to access employment opportunities. 

We are proud to support a range of initiatives to promote STEM 
(Science Technology Engineering Maths) careers, working in 
partnership with industry partners such as the Royal Society of 
Chemistry (RSC), the Society of Chemical Industry (SCI) and the 
Chemical Industries Association. Our people attended Chemistry at 
Work 2017, a careers event organised by the RSC, to promote our 
business as well as providing Year 10 school students with valuable 
career advice. Members of the team also visit universities and 
schools in all of the countries in which we operate as part of 
promoting STEM and attracting the best people to Synthomer.

Our commitment to employee  
health & wellness

The employee health & wellness programme is divided into three 
phases with the phases one and two delivered over 12 months:

Phase one: health and fitness screening and analytics.  
Phase two: focuses on reviewing results, goal setting, targeted 
education and development of a personal plan to improve  
resilience and performance.  
Phase three: provision of the support required to deliver long term 
behavioural change and subsequent re-evaluation.

“The CorPerformance programme caused me to reflect on personal 
behaviour and potential consequences. It was a real wakeup call 
helping me to sustainably shift the balance towards a more active 
and healthier lifestyle. In the programme cohort that I was part of, 
not only have individual suit sizes changed drastically but also the 
spirit in the team, who share the passion for sensible eating and 
drinking – important in our jobs – and sports. Over a year into the 
programme and I’m still sometimes to be found running through 
Hyde Park at 6.00am with an international and cross functional 
group of colleagues – this is perhaps the most obvious sign –  
apart from weight and blood pressure – of how fundamentally  
this programme has changed me as a leader in Synthomer.”

Lars Wallstein, SBU Director Functional Solutions

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We offer an executive programme to our senior leaders in 
partnership with CorPerformance, a company dedicated to  
driving performance, improving personal resilience, enabling  
lasting behavioural change, while actively reducing the long term 
risk of disease in individuals as well as organisations. In 2015  
a cohort of fifteen of our senior leaders attended the programme  
and based on the significant success of this first intervention  
the programme was extended to a further cohort of 30 leaders  
in 2017 and will continue in 2018.

Reward & Recognition
In 2017 we worked on improving the communication around our 
Global Bonus Scheme. We are proud to offer a bonus scheme that 
extends to all levels in our organisation, not just to senior leaders, 
and having listened carefully to employee feedback have improved 
our communication so that every employee understands how they 
contribute to the sustained success of our business. 

Given our global focus on delivering and sustaining world class  
levels of Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) all employees  
have some elements of their bonus based on safety performance 
measures which pay out, if targets are met, irrespective of Group 
financial performance. 

Organisational Effectiveness
Building on our focus on Succession Planning in 2016 we have 
extended our proactive and structured approach to this area  
further down the organisation to key positions and levels below  
the senior leadership team. Talent and succession plans continue  
to be regularly reviewed by leadership teams, by our Executive  
team and the Board. 

Our commitment to recognising  
our people

Our businesses around the world reward and recognise our  
people in many different ways. Our Four ‘I’ programme was 
launched in Asia three years ago and it recognises and rewards 
employees who can demonstrate Ideas, Innovation, Improvement 
and Implementation at work. Anyone, irrespective of their level in  
the organisation, who shows they can translate ideas into practical 
action will get a chance to present to senior management. The top 
performers are then duly recognised and rewarded during the 
annual dinner held in Malaysia.

“Our regional leadership team are very active in supporting not  
just our Four “I” programme but all our recognitions schemes  
and are passionate about recognising people who uphold and 
practise the Group’s core values”.

Learning & Development
Our belief is that continuous learning benefits everyone in  
our organisation and drives the performance of our business.  
In 2017, Synthomer employees around the globe participated  
in many thousands of hours of focused learning activities. 

In 2017, we launched a European Mentoring Programme pairing 
12 of our early career professionals with members of our European 
Senior Management Team. This scheme is one example of how  
our leaders take an active role in developing future leaders and  
how we are investing in learning and development.

We have launched a similar scheme in Asia and will further extend 
mentoring schemes in 2018.

Our “Fit for Leadership” programme for Shift Leaders and Middle 
Managers was launched this year in Operations. The programme  
is designed to support the Synthomer leadership culture and  
build engagement and performance in our production sites. The 
programme focuses on empowerment and building self-reliance. 
The initial training of more the 60 employees took place in Germany 
and will be rolled out to other countries in 2018.

Our commitment to developing  
leaders of the future

"The Synthomer European Mentoring Programme gives young 
professionals the opportunity to interact with the senior team  
and understand how the business operates in a supportive 
environment. At the same time it gives that same senior team  
the opportunity to get new perspectives by connecting with  
bright, young professionals – frequently from different cultures  
and functions. The combination of group and one-on-one 
interactions provides a good mix of both formal and informal 
networking. In this way it helps to develop the leaders of  
tomorrow while enhancing the leadership of the business today.”

Andy Axford, European Operations Director/Mentor

"The Synthomer Mentoring Programme is a big opportunity for  
a young professional. It gives the possibility to meet and work  
with the company’s senior leaders. Synthomer has given me  
this opportunity – and to others – at an early stage of my career.  
It gives mentees an interesting challenge: dealing with senior 
managers, having one-to-one meetings, and working with peers 
from different countries and backgrounds, developing our skills, 
sharing experiences that deepen our knowledge of and our 
involvement in the Company."

Dato’ Norashikin Ismail, HR Director Asia

Clara Colombo, Finance Manager/Mentee

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  47

Strategic reportSustainability continued

Our commitment to  
leadership development

Sherace studied an MSc in Advanced Chemical Engineering  
at the University of Birmingham (2017), and a BEng in Chemical 
Engineering at the University of Hull (2016). She joined Synthomer  
in 2017.

“I applied for the Synthomer Graduate Programme because  
of the emphasis on development. As a graduate I was looking  
for a company whose ethos matched my own career goals, and 
Synthomer presented themselves very well as a growing company 
who wanted to invest in future leaders. Moreover, I had previously 
undertaken a placement in a Speciality Chemicals company, and 
specifically wanted to join a Speciality Chemicals company in a 
graduate role. So for both those reasons, Synthomer ticked my 
boxes and the opportunity to travel didn’t hurt either!

Since I joined in September, I’ve been working with the  
production department at the Harlow plant. As promised,  
I’ve had the opportunity to take on a diverse portfolio of projects. 
I’ve worked as the Commissioning Engineer on some of the key  
site 2017 projects. I’ve even spent a month on shift with the  
site operators. Currently, I’m working as the Project Manager  
of some key debottleneck projects that yield significant payback  
to the business. 

I love the diversity of my job, and the constant emphasis on 
leadership and competency development. That diversity helps me 
as I’m working towards becoming a Chartered Engineer with the 
IChemE. To qualify, you need to have an extensive experience in 
different engineering capacities. Before I even joined Synthomer  
in September, the company sent me on a commissioning course  
to ensure that I could jump straight into my role after University;  
and since then, the push for development hasn’t stopped.”

Sherace Francis, Graduate Engineer 

48 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Leadership Development
In 2017 we continued to invest in the recruitment & development  
of graduates and early career professionals with schemes and 
structured programmes launched in Europe, Asia and within our 
Engineering function. 

We received over 1,400 applications for our Asian Graduate 
Programme where we aim to develop and create high calibre 
graduates by exposing them to different environments within 
the Group and giving them international assignments. As well as 
getting exposure to our engineering and commercial operations,  
the candidates are assessed quarterly through presentations to 
senior management. 

We seek individuals who are action-oriented, resourceful, and have 
the courage to challenge the norms. The competencies we look 
for include all-round ability, ambiguity management, the ability to 
collaborate with others together with good interpersonal skills. 

We look to be a valued part of communities in which we operate 
and, as such, we encourage our employees to engage with their 
communities. We actively promote STEM in schools and other 
educational institutes and in 2017 our employees attended and 
presented at a number of events in the UK, Europe and Asia where 
positive feedback was received from both our employees and the 
participants. Our employees are involved in charitable fundraising 
for good causes in their local communities and one of the ways 
we have to encourage this, for example, is by having a policy in 
the UK to match donations raised by employees.

Corporate Responsibility policies
Our global Code of Conduct is governed by a wide range of 
policies which we adopt to ensure our daily business is conducted 
in a professional and responsible manner. These policies play a key 
role in maintaining our reputation with our internal and external 
stakeholders. They also set out the standards to which we hold 
ourselves, our employees and our business partners.

Diversity and human rights
Our Equal opportunities, diversity and human rights policy includes 
our responsibility to follow all applicable laws and regulations as 
well as a complete prohibition of forced, compulsory and child 
labour. Details of this policy, along with our Modern Slavery Act 
Statement are available on our website: www.synthomer.com. 

Diversity is one of Synthomer’s core values. We are a diverse 
organisation who employ significant numbers of employees 
in Europe, Asia and North America. Whilst our Group Head 
Office is based in the UK the majority of employees are based 
elsewhere around the globe. Major Synthomer locations tend to 
be characterised by a diverse range of nationalities and in the UK, 
where we have around 500 employees, we have people from 
over 20 different countries. 

Whilst Synthomer operates in a typically male dominated industry 
20% of our employees are female. The rate at which talented 
women are joining our business is increasing and in 2017 41% 
of employees who joined Synthomer in the UK were female  
as were over 30% of our graduate recruits in Europe and Asia. 
In many of our scientific roles we have achieved a gender balance.

Synthomer will comply with UK Gender Pay Gap legislation and has 
a Diversity & Inclusion action plan. 

Corruption and anti-competitive behaviour
Synthomer is committed to complying with the laws and regulations 
of all the countries in which it operates (including those covering 
corruption and anti-competitive behaviour). This applies whether 
Synthomer is acting directly in a country through employees, 
or indirectly through agents, distributors or other intermediaries. 
Synthomer requires any individual or entity acting on its behalf, 
whether as a consultant, representative, agent or distributor to 
know, understand and abide by the laws and regulations applicable 
in the country or countries in which they act for Synthomer. 
Details of this policy are included in the Synthomer Code of 
Conduct which is available on our website: www.synthomer.com

Application of policies
Our values are visible in all corporate communications and are 
prominently displayed at all Synthomer sites. Around the globe 
we have multiple ways in which we communicate our values in 
an engaging way and bring our values to life including induction 
processes, training interventions, communications and awards 
and recognition campaigns. 

All employees are required to complete online training in relation  
to our corporate responsibility policies and this certification is 
renewed annually. 

Before a vendor is on-boarded and approved for purchase  
and use, Synthomer employs multiple assessment processes.  
A periodic review of key suppliers is carried out to assess 
performance of the supplier against criteria covering technical 
support, commercial performance, reputation including REACH 
and local regulatory compliance. We also carry out periodic supply 
chain risk reviews and continually build and improve the raw 
materials and vendor on-boarding processes and procedures.

In 2016 we ran an initial awareness training and risk assessment 
session with our procurement teams from around the globe 
to assess the risk of modern slavery in our supply chains 
where we concluded that our business is not facing a high 
risk of these forms of exploitation. During 2017 we reviewed 
the effectiveness of our policies and supplier due diligence  
processes to reduce further the potential for modern slavery  
within our supply chain. 

In 2018 we will provide further awareness training from the lessons 
learned over the course of the last two years and re evaluate our 
risk assessment. Our procedures will be updated as a result of the 
outcome of this work. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  49

Strategic reportSustainability continued

Safety, Health and the Environment (SHE)

Our approach
Our primary focus as an employer is to ensure that our employees 
work safely in a safe and secure environment. Synthomer has 
policies and procedures in place, which are constantly being 
improved, to enable this to happen.

Synthomer is also committed to continually reviewing its activities 
and identifying how we can positively benefit our employees, the 
communities in which we operate, and in ensuring that alongside 
financial performance we identify and manage broader material 
sustainability issues. 

In line with our SHE Policy, the Board, Chief Executive and Executive 
Committee are fully committed to improving SHE performance and 
engaging and involving employees at all levels in all locations in 
our SHE programmes. Effective SHE Leadership to deliver SHE 
performance is a primary duty and expectation of management 
at all levels in the Group, aligned to our three long term goals:

1.  To have no accidents or incidents; 
2.  To have no adverse impact on the health of those who work in, 
or live near our operations, nor on the health of those who use 
our products; and

3.  To minimise any environmental burden created by our activities.

Key practices and programmes
SHE management practices and systems are embedded 
throughout the Group with the aim of continuously improving  
SHE performance.

Key measures, SHE performance indicators and SHE audit results 
are reported to the Board, the Executive Committee and to the 
regional management meetings on a monthly basis.

Embedding of the SHE Principles and 10 Golden Rules launched 
in 2016 was a priority for 2017, with a focus on systems linked to 
permit to work and management of change, as well as refreshing 
of guidance on “line of fire”, circulated in local languages across all 
operating locations and supported by a short guidance video being 
incorporated into site inductions.

Key SHE programmes

2017 SHE key actions

2018 SHE key focus

Group’s Safety, Health and 
Environment Management 
System (SHEMS) standards 
and policies
Group SHE audits

The Group Accident and 
Incident Management System 
(AIMS)

SHE training, communication 
and support

Process Hazard Assessment 
(PHA)

Identification and sharing of best practice; 
refreshing of Group SHE procedures linked  
to key areas of management of change and 
permit to work.
Completion of 3 year audit cycle on heritage 
Synthomer sites. Group SHE assurance  
checks on sites’ internal audit process as  
part of site visits.
Trend analysis undertaken to identify common 
themes as regards incidents and system failings – 
loss of containment issues identified and as a result 
new KPIs introduced. Actions led to 20% reduction 
in monthly reported losses by year end. Incident 
root causes identified for further focus included 
poor risk assessment, human factors and asset 
integrity issues.
Continued roll-out of first line manager 
competence assurance programme.

Ongoing process safety training across 
the Group.

Global SHE Managers’ and Site Managers’ 
Workshops – focus on sharing learning and 
SHE leadership.

PHA revalidation process facilitated by Group 
SHE team on several sites to assure the 
Executive Committee that major accident 
hazards are being appropriately managed  
and controlled.

Refreshing of further Group SHE procedures; 
completion of revised permit to work guidance; 
development of self-assessment questionnaires 
to assist internal audit process.
New cycle of auditing with continued process safety 
focus; move to risk based frequency of auditing. 

Effective use of lessons learnt and site review of 
high potential incidents to help prioritise where to 
focus resource to improve performance.

Development of modular in-house process safety 
training tailored to our technologies and processes.

Increased level of support vs. audit to achieve 
targeted improvements in performance based  
on findings from last audit cycle.

Working with sites to develop a programme of 
standardised SHE routines to back-up all other 
major SHE initiatives.
Continuation of PHA revalidation process across 
lower risk profile sites.

KPI tracking of significant actions from 2017 PHAs 
as high priority SHE Improvement Plan items.

The Group publishes an annual Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) report which is available on line. It discusses a wider range of safety, 
health and environmental measures of our performance as well as other CSR measures and activities. Please go to www.synthomer.com 
to find a copy of the most recent report.

During Q4 work began looking at aligning sustainability reporting to the new Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. This activity will be 
covered in more detail in the 2017 CSR Report to be published in Q2 of 2018, with the Group objective to align reporting at a “core” level to 
the Standards in our 2018 Company Reports.

50 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Safety, health and accident performance
Occupational Safety
The Group’s main lagging indicator of SHE injury performance  
is the recordable injury rate for accidents involving more than  
first aid treatment. During 2017 we saw a significant improvement 
with the number of recordable injuries halving from 18 down to 9, 
with a frequency rate of 0.13 per 100,000 hours worked, a 56% 
improvement on 2016.

The Group’s reportable lost time accident rate improved in 2017  
to give Synthomer its best ever performance, with six over-three-day 
lost time accidents during the year down from 11 the previous year, 
at frequency rate of 0.09 per 100,000 hours worked.

Our target ultimately is to have no accidents or injuries and whilst 
2017 performance is encouraging we will continue to reinforce our 
SHE Principles and 10 Golden Rules work to achieve a sustained 
performance and interdependent safety culture. This is being 
supported by work such as the Line of Fire cards and video 
roll-out noted earlier.

There were no reported cases of disease attributed to occupational 
factors during the year.

Process Safety
Ensuring the safety of our operations is of paramount importance  
to the Group. Alongside our auditing and site support activities,  
from 2015 onwards, we have recorded, rated and tracked  
process safety events (PSE) using a 4 tier scoring system where  
tier 1 and 2 incidents (tier 1 being more severe) meet the definition  
for a “Reportable PSE” from the International Council of Chemical 
Association’s (ICCA). A Reportable PSE incident rate is now 
calculated that will allow for future benchmarking of performance 
against our peers.

Performance in this area during 2017 remained broadly flat against 
a wider definition of what we classed as a process safety event. 
There were 13 Reportable PSEs (equivalent to a rate of 0.19 per 
100,000 hours, a 13% increase on 2016). Thankfully none of the 
reported incidents resulted in serious injury. More information will 
be provided in our CSR Report.

The increase was partly linked to the wider definition and seven 
of the events occurred at sites acquired in 2016 and 2017. Those 
sites were adopting our more stringent standards and there is an 
increased focus on support for all acquired sites to ensure that  
their process safety management controls and layers of protection 
are robust.

New indicators were developed to track 
and analyse progress, with specific focus 
on live monitoring of permit controlled 
work and control of high hazard activities.

By the end of 2017 most of the indicators 
showed improving trends – however  
it was clear that there were still some 
fundamental failings being identified. 
Activities linked to PTW and MOC will 
continue to be prioritised during 2018  
with the focus on embedding and 
sustaining improved performance.

Permit to Work (PTW) and 
Management of Change (MOC) 
system improvements

A PTW and MOC improvement 
programme was implemented during 
2017 with the aim of ensuring that all  
sites’ PTW and MOC systems met Group 
standard expectations as a minimum.

To support the work, self-assessment 
questionnaires (SAQ) aligned with each part 
of the Group Standards, periodic monitoring 
check-lists, guidance documents or pocket 
cards were developed to support the sites 
in this journey and to establish a common 
ground. Site management teams were 
directly involved in the process with on-site 
support from the Group SHE team in 
reviewing the SAQs and site performance. 

High hazard activities in particular were 
targeted and 4-eyes validation of all such 
work is now required. Revised training 
packs were also developed for permit 
issuers that are being rolled out early 
in 2018.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  51

Strategic reportSustainability continued

Delivery of the programmes of work started in 2017 on PHA 
revalidation and further strengthening of management of change 
and permit to work systems will continue in 2018 with the goal  
of delivering significant improvement in this area.

Environmental performance
For 15 years we have been able to report ongoing reductions in 
each of our main environmental targets: global warming burden; 
energy and water consumption per tonne of production; and waste 
disposal from our sites.

Following the acquisition of 7 sites in 2016 from Hexion and 
the acquisition of a Belgian site from Perstorp, the Group’s  
baseline for target setting and approach to delivering Group  
level improvements is being revised to reflect the fact the Group  
has a far different energy and emissions profile to its previous  
core polymer technology focused structure.

Energy
Based on the sites which formed part of the Group during the year 
the total net specific energy consumption (SEC, i.e. energy use per 
tonne of production – with electricity converted to primary energy) 
rose 2.5%. Most of the increase relates to a rise of 3.5% GJ per 
tonne at our plant in the Czech Republic that produces monomers 
and accounts for 25% of the Group total energy consumption.

The new Belgian speciality additives site operates more energy 
intensive processes compared to our latex and dispersion 
processes so also contributed to this increase.

Absolute energy consumption (based on primary rather than 
metered electricity) was up 1.6% whilst Group production output 
dropped 0.9%. Most of the net increase in GJ used related to the 
Belgian site (excluding this the increase was 0.2%).

Going forward the focus will be on Tier 1 operations (the 5-6 
that contribute around 75% of the Group total) and some Tier 2 
sites (the next 15-20%) implementing projects and efficiency 
improvement initiatives to meet Group targets. This will include 2% 
year on year reductions in specific energy consumption from 2018 
to 2020 as an initial step against a revised 2017 baseline.

Lower output at some sites combined with switching to some 
product technologies that are more energy intensive (e.g. more 
steam stripping on some latex products) offset some significant 
improvements on sites where the full benefits of a number of energy 
projects were realised during 2017. This included installation of 
steam generators to replace old boilers at a plant in the UK during 
Q4 2016 that led to a more than 10% improvement in performance.

ข้อควรปฏิบัติ และข้อห้าม

ควรปฏิบัติงานตามระเบียบปฏิบัติงาน

อย่าเดินภายใต้มีการระงับการขนถ่าย

SHE Principles

่งอาจ 

่องมือ/ 

่องจักรที

่องจักรที

่องมือ/เครื

่ใช้พลังงาน

อย่าเอามือยื

่ไม่มีอุปกรณ์ 

่นเข้าไปในจุดที

่ภายใต้แรงดัน ซึ

อย่าเคลื
เครื

่องจักรต่างๆ หรือ 

่ไม่สามารถมองเห็นได้

่อนย้ายอุปกรณ์ป้องกันจากเครื

อย่าทำางานกับเครื
ป้องกัน

่องมือ/เครื

อย่าสัมผัสเครื
ผลิตภัณฑ์ที
่มีการเคลื
เป็นสาเหตุให้เกิดการบาดเจ็บได้

่อนที

ควรใช้เครื

่องมือที

่เหมาะสม และให้มั

่นใจว่า 

เครื

่องมือเหล่านั

้นอยู

่ในสภาพสมบูรณ์

ควรคำานึงถึงตำาแหน่งของร่างกาย

ควรคิดในทางกลับกัน/ตรงกันข้าม

ควรหยุดการทำางาน หากมีการรบกวน

ควรหยุดการทำางาน และคิดทบทวน หากงาน 

มีการเปลี

่ยนแปลง หรือประสบกับปัญหา

ควรมองที

่บุคคลอื

่นๆ: เรียนรู

้จากพวกเขา และ 

ช่วยเหลือพวกเขา

ควรพิจารณาท่อขนส่งทั

้งหมดถึงศักยภาพใน 

การบรรจุของเหลวอันตรายภายใต้แรงดัน - 

การสวมใส่อุปกรณ์ป้องกันอันตรายส่วนบุคคล

ควรใช้เครื

่องมือกลเบื

้องต้น หรือร้องขอความ 

ช่วยเหลือในกรณีที

่ยกของหนักด้วยแรงคน

ควรมีอุปกรณ์ป้องกันในจุดที

่ความคม พื

้นผิว 

ร้อน และจุดหนีบ

ควรมีการกำาหนดเส้นทางอพยพ

Do use the right tools and ensure 

they are in good condition

Do think about body position

Do think about your other hand

Do stop work if there are distractions

Do stop work and re-think if the job  

changes or you hit problems

Do look at other people: learn from 

them and help them 

Do consider all pipeline break-in’s as 

having potential to contain hazardous 

liquids under pressure – use specific PPE

Do use mechanical aids or ask for help 

with heavy loads

Do guard against sharps, hot surfaces, 

and pinch points

Do plan a route of escape

อย่าวางใจว่า อุปกรณ์ป้องกันต่างๆ จะช่วยป้องกัน 
คุณจากการชน/กระแทกได้

่ห่างจากสิ

อยู
อันตราย

่งที

่เป็น

หยุดแล้วคิด

เรามีเวลาเสมอที
ทำางานอย่างปลอดภัย

่จะ

THA

Do

Don’t

Do follow the procedures

Don’t walk under suspended loads

Don’t remove guards from energized 
equipment

Don’t interfere with unguarded equipment

Don’t touch any equipment or product 
moving with enough force to cause injury

Don’t put your hands where you cannot 
see them

Don’t rely on protective equipment to 
protect you from impact 

Stay out of the 
Line of Fire

Stop and Think

ENG

We always have time 
to work safely

52 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Look After Yourself

Look After Each Other

Effective Last Line of Defence

Stop and Think

Safe Workplace

Safe Vehicle, Safe Driver

Safe Processes and Operations

Safe Systems of Work

No Change Without Assessment 

Learning From Our Mistakes

We always have time 
to work safely

G
N
E

There is a pipeline of energy saving related projects now being 
progressed on the Tier 1 sites that are designed to help return 
to an improvement in performance in the coming years.

Water use
Total water consumption per tonne of production decreased 4.5% 
in 2017, with most of the improvement due to a reduction in “once 
through” cooling requirements on two German sites and reduced 
losses due to a replacement reactor in the Middle East.

Excluding river water (used for “once through” cooling and then returned 
to the river on a number of sites), water usage per tonne improved by 
2.4%, reflecting improved operating processes and investment on some 
sites. Variance is expected year to year since the majority of our products 
are water based dispersions with some changes down to product mix 
and volumes. As with energy, opportunities to improve water efficiency 
will be built in to sites’ manufacturing strategies and environmental 
targets on a prioritised basis.

Waste disposal
Overall there was a 24% increase in total waste generated by the 
group, 26% on a waste per tonne production basis. Most of this is 
related to a specific waste stream on the new site in Belgium, which 
will increase the baseline going forward. Excluding this there was 
4% increase per tonne. 600t of this relates to a one-off relocation of 
cinder waste from our plant in the Czech Republic to offsite landfill.

Looking ahead, with several major capital investment projects 
underway, one-off construction waste figures are expected to 
influence 2018 performance.

There was a 34% drop in the amount of hazardous waste sent 
to landfill on a per tonne basis. This was mainly due to 800t of 
hazardous waste being processed with other waste streams at an 
intermediate facility to produce non-hazardous waste. Ongoing 
projects to improve product quality and reduce process waste 
should lead to a reduction in overall waste going forward.

Figure 1 All Recordable Accident 
Frequency Rates 
(Accidents per 100,000 hours) 

Figure 2 Total Net Primary Energy Use  
(Giga Joules per production tonne) 

Figure 3 Total Water Consumption  
(m3 per production tonne) 

 Recordable Case Rate

 Actual 

 Old Target – base 2005

 Actual 

 Old Target – base 2005

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00

8.00

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

07 08

09 10

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

07 08

09 10

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

Figure 4 Hazardous Waste Disposal to Land  
(Tonnes waste per production tonne) 

Figure 5 Global Warming Burden  
(Tonnes CO2 equivalent released per production 
tonne) (Including CO2 from energy generation/use) 

Figure 6 Recordable Process  
Safety Event Rate  

 Actual 

 Old Target – base 2005

 Actual 

 Old Target – base 2005

 Recordable PSE Rate

0.006

0.005

0.004

0.003

0.002

0.001

0.000

07 08

09

10 11 12 13

14 15

16 17

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
,
0
0
1
r
e
p
s
t
n
e
d
c
n

i

I

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.50

0.00

07 08

09

10 11 12 13

14 15

16 17

2015

2016

2017

Rate = per 100,000 hours worked

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  53

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sustainability continued

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group reports environmental KPIs in the format recommended 
by the Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA), 
with Annual Reports containing data for each year since 2005 on  
a three year rolling basis.

Reporting parameters
The 2017 financial year reporting includes all manufacturing 
operations, all office locations co-located with manufacturing  
and those listed as contact locations in the Annual Report or  
on the Company’s website. It does not include some very small 
locations such as home offices. These locations will have no 
material effect on the Group’s overall GHG emissions, being 
estimated at considerably less than 0.1% of the Group total.

All known emissions from manufacturing process have been 
included. Specifically this covers direct energy usage and the 
indirect energy costs of heating, cooling and other site services 
where these are provided by a third party. They include estimates 
for the effects of the release of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) 
and refrigerant gases. The only known emissions which have not 
been included are direct emissions of CO2 from on-site waste 
treatment facilities that have not currently been quantified, but  
which are not believed to have significant material impact on  
the overall figures reported.

The Group has no known uses or releases of perfluorocarbons 
or sulphur hexafluoride. All releases of nitrous oxide or methane 
are associated with energy production and are not separately 
quantified. The Group continues to report scope 1 & 2 emissions. 
No estimate has been made of scope 3 emissions. The Group 
continues to use emissions per production tonne as its intensity 
ratio. The data sources for emissions factors (CO2e) are those  
from DEFRA (dataset for 2016 reporting published in June 2017)  
and the IEA (International Energy Authority).

Calculation methods
All direct energy production from fossil fuels has been aggregated 
on a Group-wide basis and converted to CO2e by using the 
appropriate DEFRA emissions factors. No allowance has been 
made for possible country to country variation in calorific value 
or CO2 emission factors for primary fuels.

Electricity has been converted to CO2e on a country by country 
basis. For 2015, factors provided by DEFRA for all operating 
countries were used. For 2016 and 2017, factors from DEFRA  
were used for UK grid electricity and for overseas grid electricity the 
factors used are those from the relevant IEA “World CO2 Emissions 
from Fuel Combustion” databases.

In accordance with UK Government guidance, factors used for 2017 
reporting are based on 2015 validated data.

Several sites within the Group purchase certified “green” electricity. 
Electricity for these locations has been given a CO2e emissions 
factor of 0.00 in calculating energy related emissions totals. These 
sites were Oss (Netherlands), Marl (Germany) and all sites  
in the UK.

54 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Synthomer’s site in Stallingborough, UK takes most of its electricity 
from an exclusive contract with an adjacent waste incinerator 
operated by Newlincs. This electricity is certified as “Green” by the 
UK government. As a mixture of waste is deemed both renewable 
and non-renewable, it does not have a zero emission factor. For 
2017 the applied emission factor for electricity from Newlincs is 
based around that determined for the site’s Climate Change 
Agreement (CCA) reporting of around 0.50 kg CO2e per kWh. Work 
is ongoing to validate the factors applied. The site is also provided 
with indirect heating in the form of hot water from Newlincs.

VOCs have been aggregated on a Group basis and converted to 
CO2e using a factor of 11. This figure has been used by UK CIA 
member companies since 2005 and is at the upper end of the range 
for VOCs. Information on the release of refrigerant gases has been 
collected for the past 5 years. Releases of each individual gas have 
been aggregated each year to give a Group release total and then 
converted to CO2e using the equivalence factors given by DEFRA 
for each gas. The emissions factors applicable to refrigerant release 
in 2017 are as per those in 2016 as no changes were reported by 
DEFRA–Global Warming Potential (GWP) factors from the IPCC 4th 
assessment report.

Performance in 2017
An increase in energy consumption and associated emissions from 
the plant in the Czech Republic that uses brown coal and accounts 
for 31% of Group emissions meant that overall emissions also rose 
in 2017 compared to 2016.

However, a reduction in reported VOC emissions, implementation of 
energy related projects and the purchase of “green” grid electricity 
for all UK sites meant the overall emissions increase at Group level 
was 1.1% tonnes CO2 equivalent/tonne production against the 2.5% 
increase in GJ/tonne energy used.

Changes in the emissions factors in different countries have  
a significant impact over which the company has no control. For 
2017 reporting the emissions factors for the Czech Republic, Italy 
and Malaysia (countries whose sites all contribute >2% of overall 
emissions) all increased by more than 3%. Some benefit was gained 
in Germany where there was a 5% reduction in the factor applied.

Refrigerant losses in the larger Group were up 5% compared 
to 2016, mostly linked to equipment failures on one site where 
replacement equipment has now been purchased. However, owing 
to the refrigerants involved having less global warming potential,  
the CO2 equivalent tonnage loss was 24% lower than 2016.

VOC emissions reduced by 10% in 2017 due mainly to better 
operation of the cryogenic VOC system in Harlow.

Environment KPIs
This table presents environmental KPIs for 2015–17, with a coverage and format in line with DEFRA’s 2013 guidance, to comply with the 
reporting required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Report of the Directors’ Report ) Regulations 2013.

Energy consumption1

GJ

Gas

Light oil

Heavy oil

Steam (metered)

Electricity (primary basis)

GJ/tonne production

Emissions to Air2
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) equiv. from Energy tonnes3
Tonnes CO2 equivalent/tonne production
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) (tonnes)
Kilos SO2/tonne production

Nitrous Oxides (NOx) tonnes4

Kilos NOx/tonne production

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) tonnes

Kilos VOC/tonne production

Refrigerant Releases (HCFC and others) Kgs

Tonnes CO2 equivalent

Kilos Refrigerant/tonne production
Total Carbon Dioxide (CO2) equiv. tonnes5
Tonnes CO2 equivalent/tonne production

2017

2016

2015

% change
2015 – 176

% change
2016 – 176

5,411,367 5,328,447 3,458,905

56.4%

1.6%

1,455,681 1,375,411

701,901

24,990

4,651

24,933

26,930

4,452

0

756,890

792,785

746,797

2,586,196 2,600,153 1,969,619

3.459

3.374

2.618

32.1%

2.5%

301,353

299,123

199,011

0.193

158.3

0.1012

121.33

0.0775

164

0.105

1,773

4,485

0.189

140.6

0.0890

112.54

0.0713

184

0.117

1,681

5,930

0.151

22.8

0.0172

24.61

0.0186

222

0.168

1,958

5,383

51.4%

27.9%

595.0%

486.8%

392.9%

316.2%

-26.1%

-37.6%

-9.5%

0.0011

0.0011

0.0015

-23.6%

307,645

307,081

206,840

0.197

0.194

0.157

48.7%

25.6%

0.7%

1.7%

12.6%

13.7%

7.8%

8.8%

-10.9%

-10.1%

5.4%

6.4%

0.2%

1.1%

Notes
1.  Data relates to site usage of all fuels, excluding transport of goods to and from site and the movement of these vehicles on site. Internal transport on site is included.
2.  Emissions to air have been calculated from the usage of all fuels, excluding transport fuel. They therefore include both direct emissions and indirect emissions related 

to bought-in electricity, steam, compressed air, cooling water etc., with the exception of transmission and distribution losses for electricity (these losses are in 
Scope 3, this report is for Scope 1 & 2). 

3.  CO2 equivalent emissions include contributions from CH4 and N2O associated with combustion.
4.  NOx emissions are predominantly those from combustion processes. The CO2 equivalent Global Warming Potential contribution from these releases is already 

included in the CO2 from energy figure above.

5.  The total CO2e figure is the total of the CO2 equivalent from energy + the VOC contribution (assuming an average factor of 11 kg CO2e per kg VOC) + the 

refrigerant contribution.

6.  Percentage changes are calculated from the base data and may differ slightly from changes calculated from the data in the tables because of rounding.

By order of the Board.

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  55

Strategic reportLetter from the Chairman

Board well prepared for  
forthcoming governance changes

Neil Johnson
Chairman

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to report on our corporate governance compliance for 
2017 and give an update on the Board’s ongoing programme to 
improve its effectiveness. 

We were once again in full compliance with the applicable UK 
Corporate Governance Code (being the April 2016 version effective 
for the Company from 1 January 2017) throughout the year. 
The Board composition remained unchanged until the end of the 
year and therefore we maintained a balanced position between 
independent and non-independent directors throughout that period. 
Our 2017 AGM resolutions received overwhelming support and it 
was particularly pleasing to achieve greater than 99% in favour of 
the new remuneration policy which has subsequently been fully 
implemented by the Remuneration Committee. The Board 
supported the work of the Audit Committee during the year in 
the development of its remit in connection with the oversight of 
risk management processes and review of tax matters. 

In accordance with the commitment given in my 2016 letter, an 
externally facilitated evaluation of the Board and its Committees was 
carried out in 2017. The online surveys were completed by non-Board 
members who are regular attendees at Board and Audit Committee 
meetings as well as the Directors themselves, in order to gain a broad 
range of opinions on Board and Committees performance. The 
feedback report recognised the Board’s progress in promoting a 
culture of openness and mutual respect, developing good boardroom 
dynamics and increasing exposure to wider management. Areas 
identified for focus in 2018 include development of the Board’s 
oversight of employee management and provision of tailored training 
and workshops on aspects of the Group’s business and operations. 
In addition, an updated code of business conduct will be launched in 
2018 in order to promote the setting of the correct tone in which the 
Group’s business and its employees are required to operate. 

Other governance activity carried out by the Board and its 
Committees in 2017 included the review and approval of the Group’s 
Modern Slavery Act Statement and tax strategy. Reports were also 
received on gender pay gap data and the proposed reporting for 
external publication will be approved by the end of March 2018.

Jinya Chen retired as an independent non-executive director on 
31 December 2017 after 5 years’ service on the Board. The 
Nomination Committee has initiated a search for a replacement 
independent non-executive director in order to bring the Board 
composition back into balance. 

As we enter 2018, I believe the Board is well positioned to adapt to 
the changes in the corporate governance landscape envisaged by 
the new Code proposals and board guidance, currently under 
consultation and likely to be effective from 1 January 2019.

I do hope you find the information contained in the following pages 
of this report helpful and informative.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
1 March 2018

Governance snapshot
Board membership and balance

Board composition

1

3

2

1  British 

2  Dutch 

3  Malaysian 

Board tenure

3

1

2

1  1-5 years 

2  5-10 years 

3  >10 years 

6

1

1

4

2

2

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Board considers that it has complied throughout the financial 
year ended 31 December 2017 with the provisions set out in 
the April 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”).*

Application of the Code
The main principles of the Code were applied as follows:

Leadership and effectiveness
Operation of the board
The activities of the Company are controlled by the Board which, 
during 2017, comprised two executive directors and seven non-
executive directors. The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
are clearly divided between Neil Johnson who heads the Board in his 
capacity as non-executive Chairman and Calum MacLean who has 
responsibility for the running of the Company’s business as Chief 
Executive Officer. The non-executive directors all have wide business 
and boardroom experience gained in a broad range of business 
sectors, details of which are given on pages 58 and 59.

The Board has reserved to itself a schedule of matters which 
includes setting long-term objectives for the Group and the 
strategies to be employed in achieving them. The Board has 
delegated to the Chief Executive Officer responsibility for the 
development and preparation of the business plan and the annual 
budget for recommendation to the Board. As the senior executive 
director, the Chief Executive Officer is responsible for all aspects of 
day-to-day operational control of the Group and execution of the 
Group strategy. The Chief Executive Officer has established and 
chairs an Executive Committee (whose other members are the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Chief Counsel and Company Secretary, and 
the operational vice presidents for the Group) to assist him in the 
performance of his duties and which meets once a month. The 
Chairman has available to him the minutes of the Executive 
Committee and all directors receive a monthly management report 
comprising business, financial and safety, health and environmental 
reviews from the Chief Financial Officer.

The Board has established Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and 
Disclosure Committees which are discussed on page 63.

Note
*  A full version of the Code can be found on the Financial Reporting Council’s 

(‘FRC’) website www.frc.org.uk.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  57

GovernanceBoard of Directors

1

3

2

4

1. N A Johnson (68)
Chairman
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chairman of 
the Board and the Nomination and Disclosure 
Committees. Neil joined the Board in 2011 and 
was appointed Chairman in May 2012.
Key appointments: Neil is Chairman of Motability 
Operations Group plc, Centaur Media plc and 
Electra Private Equity plc and the senior 
independent non-executive director of the 
Business Growth Fund.
Skills and experience: Neil held senior executive 
positions at British Aerospace and in the UK 
motor manufacturing industry before becoming 
Chief Executive of RAC Holdings from 1995-1999. 
Neil has considerable experience as an 
independent non-executive director and public 
company chairman gained in multiple sectors 
and geographies.

2. C G MacLean (54)
Chief Executive Officer
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chief Executive 
Officer since January 2015; member of the 
Disclosure Committee.
Key appointments: Calum was appointed as a 
non-executive director of Saudi Basic Industries 
(SABIC) headquartered in Riyadh in October 2017.
Skills and experience: Calum was previously a senior 
board executive of INEOS and was a founder member 
of the business in 1998. At INEOS he was most 
recently executive chairman of INEOS Olefins and 
Polymers Europe and chairman of Styrolution, INEOS’s 
joint venture with BASF, and Petroineos Refining, 
INEOS’s joint venture with PetroChina. Calum had 
been Chief Executive of a number of its principal 
business units and actively involved in merger and 
acquisitions, strategy and implementation. Prior to 
INEOS, he spent six years at Inspec (International 
Speciality Chemicals), a publicly listed company on the 
London Stock Exchange that was originally formed 
through a management buyout of BP Chemicals.

3. S G Bennett (53)
Chief Financial Officer
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chief 
Financial Officer since May 2015; member of 
the Disclosure Committee.
Key appointments: No external appointments.
Skills and experience: Stephen was previously at 
INEOS where he had been chief financial officer at 
Petroineos Refining since 2006. In addition to this 
role, Stephen had acted as chief financial officer of 
INEOS Upstream Limited, a start-up oil and gas 
exploration business, and of INEOS Olefins and 
Polymers South and INEOS Phenol. He joined 
Coopers & Lybrand in 1986 and is a qualified 
chartered accountant. He was at Full Circle 
Industries plc as company secretary  
and group controller before moving to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) in 1997  
as a director in transaction services. At PwC, he 
specialised in public and private equity transactions 
across a variety of sectors including chemicals.

4. Dato Lee Hau Hian (64)
Non-executive director
Nationality: Malaysian
Position and date of appointment:
Non-executive director since 2002; first joined 
the board in 1993 and stood down in 2000 to 
become an alternate director.
Key appointments: Hau Hian is a Director of 
Kuala Lumpur Kepong Bhd and is the president 
of the Perak Chinese Maternity Association. He 
also serves as a Director of Yayasan De La Salle.
Skills and experience: Hau Hian is the Managing 
Director of Batu Kawan Bhd, a listed Malaysian 
investments holding company, with interests in 
plantations and chemicals manufacturing.

58 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

7

9

5

6

8

5. Dr J J C Jansz (61)
Non-executive director
Nationality: Dutch
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since April 2012; member 
of the Audit and Remuneration Committees.
Key appointments: Just is founder and managing 
director of Expertise Beyond Borders BV, an 
independent business and technology management 
consultancy, providing services globally to chemical 
and polymer companies. He is a senior advisor at 
Natrium Capital (UK) and Siluria Technologies (US).
Skills and experience: Just has over 30 years 
chemical industry experience at Shell, Basell and 
LyondellBasell. Until July 2010 Just was President, 
Technology Business, and a member of the 
management team of LyondellBasell, overseeing 
process technology licensing, polyolefin catalysts 
and new ventures. Just has previous experience as 
a non-executive director in the US and as an advisor 
in Saudi Arabia.

7. B W D Connolly (61)
Senior Independent Director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since January 2014; 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee; 
member of the Audit, Disclosure and Nomination 
Committees. Senior Independent Director since 
April 2015. 
Key appointments: Brendan is a non-executive 
director of Victrex PLC and two private equity 
backed companies, one of which he chairs.
Skills and experience: Until June 2013 Brendan 
was a senior executive at Intertek Group plc and 
had previously been chief executive officer of 
Moody International (which was acquired by Intertek 
in 2011). Prior to Moody, he was managing director 
of Atos Origin UK, and spent more than 25 years of 
his career with Schlumberger in senior international 
roles over three continents. Brendan has previous 
experience as chairman of the remuneration 
committee of a UK listed company.

6. The Hon. A G Catto (65)
Non-executive director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: 
Non-executive director since 1981.
Key appointments: Alex is managing director of 
CairnSea Investments Limited, a private investment 
company, and a non-executive director of several 
early stage companies that have been backed by 
CairnSea. His current other directorships include 
Neptune Investment Management Limited.
Skills and experience: Prior to the establishment 
of CairnSea Alex was a director of Morgan Grenfell 
& Co and then Lazard Brothers & Co Ltd.

8. C A Johnstone (57)
Non-executive director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since March 2015; Chair of 
the Audit Committee; member of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees.
Key appointments: Caroline is non-executive 
director and Chair of the Audit Committee of 
Shepherd Building Group Limited and is a member 
of the governing council of the University of Leeds. 
She also provides extensive consulting services 
to a range of global chemical and industrial 
organisations. Until January 2018 Caroline was 
deputy chair, non-executive director and Chair of the 
Audit Committee of Leeds Teaching Hospitals Trust.
Skills and experience: Caroline is a chartered 
accountant and member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of Scotland. She was a partner in 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) until 2009, having 
worked extensively with large global organisations 
on turnaround, culture change, delivering value 
from mergers and acquisitions and cost optimisation 
programmes. She sat on the board of the Assurance 
practice of PwC in the UK.

9. R Atkinson (54)
Chief Counsel & Company Secretary
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Company 
Secretary since 1998; Group Chief Counsel.
Key appointments: No external appointments.
Skills and experience: Richard qualified as a 
solicitor in 1988 practising as a corporate lawyer 
before moving into industry.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  59

GovernanceCorporate governance

Division of Responsibilities

Chairman

•  primarily responsible for the working and effectiveness of the Board
• 

facilitating an effective contribution from the non-executive directors and a constructive relationship with the 
executive directors

•  ensuring the balance of membership of the Board is appropriate
•  ensuring that the Board is in full control of the Company’s affairs and has an effective dialogue with 

its shareholders
leading on all aspects of corporate governance

• 

Chief Executive  
Officer

Senior Independent 
Director

Non-executive 
Directors

Board reserved 
matters

•  senior executive responsible for operational management of the Group 
•  development, preparation and implementation of the Group’s strategy as approved by the Board
•  communication of the Group’s culture and values
•  communicating the Group’s financial performance to investors in conjunction with the Chief Financial Officer
•  keeping the Board fully informed of all material issues

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

to be available to shareholders when concerns have not been resolved through normal channels
to lead the annual appraisal of the Chairman
to develop a balanced understanding of the issues and concerns of major shareholders
to provide a sounding board for the Chairman

to bring an independent and objective judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance and resources of 
the Group 
to challenge constructively and scrutinise management performance

•  setting of long term objectives and strategies to be employed in achieving them including the approval of 

annual budgets

•  policy setting for safety, health and environmental matters, business conduct, diversity and human rights, 

recruitment and employment, risk management and treasury

•  material decisions on capital raising, financial commitments, capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals 

and the prosecution, defence and settlement of litigation 

•  approval of information contained in communications to shareholders
• 

the review and monitoring of performance

Board structure

Board

Audit Committee

Disclosure Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

 provides advice and services to the Board and its Committees 

 supports the Chairman in all governance matters

Company Secretary

CEO  
Executive 
Committee

Chief Financial 
Officer

Company Secretary 
& Chief Counsel

Executive Vice 
President – Asia

Vice President – 
Europe

Vice President – 
Americas and 
Middle East, Investor 
Relations and 
Communications

Vice President – 
Specialities, 
Business 
Development & 
Global HR Director

Vice President – 
Operations

60 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

During 2017 the Board held seven meetings with a full day 
dedicated to an annual strategy development review. The 
directors receive in advance full information on all matters to 
be discussed at Board meetings as well as a detailed review of 
performance. The non-executive directors met once without 
the Chairman to appraise his performance. The Board met once 
without the executive directors to appraise their performance.

In addition, arrangements are made each year for the Board 
to visit up to two of the Group’s operational sites and meet 
local management. Ad hoc site visits are facilitated for individual 
non-executive directors on request. During 2017 the Board 
held one of its meetings in Belgium and in conjunction with 
that Board meeting visited the Company’s newly acquired plant 
near Ghent where presentations were given by local senior 
management and a plant tour took place.

Board activity in 2017

Safety,  
health and  
environment 

Innovation

Investing in 
organic growth

Internal control  
and risk 
management

Growth through 
acquisition

Governance  
and stakeholder 
relations

Financial 
performance

Leadership  
and people

Board activity in 2017 – Supporting our strategy 
Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)
SHE performance and initiatives are reviewed at every meeting 
supported by a written report and presentation by the Vice 
President for Operations.

Investing in Organic Growth
Material capital expenditure projects are subject to Board review and 
approval. During the year investment in capacity expansion projects 
were approved at sites in Finland, Italy and the USA. Progress on 
the major capacity expansion projects approved in 2016 at sites in 
Malaysia and Germany were monitored throughout the year.

Growth Through Acquisition
The acquisition of Speciality Additives and of BASF Pischelsdorf were 
subject to detailed review and approval. The post completion progress 
on integration and synergy achievement of the PAC (Dispersions) 
acquisition which completed in June 2016 was monitored throughout 
the year. Several acquisition opportunities were reviewed and the ‘deal 
log’ was considered at each meeting.

Financial Performance
Financial and operational performance and strategic initiatives are 
reviewed at every meeting supported by reports and presentations 
from the executive directors and vice presidents. Detailed reviews 
of specific business areas were provided by the responsible vice 
president or functional head in conjunction with budget and 
strategy discussions and capital expenditure project reviews.

Leadership and People
Succession planning processes and progress were reviewed 
with support from the Global HR Director. 

Governance and Stakeholder Relations
Routine reports on governance and investor relations matters 
were given at each meeting and developments in Corporate Social 
Responsibility and non-financial reporting were reviewed periodically. 
The new remuneration policy was implemented following shareholder 
approval at the 2017 AGM. An externally facilitated evaluation of the 
Board and its Committees was carried out. 

Internal Control and Risk Management
As well as receiving regular reports from the Audit Committee on 
the Company’s internal control and risk management processes 
particular attention was paid to cyber and information systems security.

Innovation
As a core pillar of business growth the global Innovation function 
and its resources together with the product development pipeline 
was reviewed at the annual strategy development day. 

Site Visits
The Board visited the Speciality Additives plant near Ghent Belgium 
acquired in March 2017. Visits were made by individual non-
executive directors to the Group’s plants in Sokolov (Czech 
Republic) and Langelsheim (Germany).

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  61

GovernanceCorporate governance continued

Board membership and balance
The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
Senior Independent Director together with Chairs and members of 
the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Disclosure Committees 
are identified on pages 58 and 59. The Board considers that Caroline 
Johnstone, Just Jansz and Brendan Connolly are independent in 
accordance with the provisions of the Code. The Board considered 
that Jinya Chen was independent until the date of his retirement on 
31 December 2017. The Board composition remained unchanged 
until 31 December 2017 and therefore maintained a balanced 
position between independent and non independent directors 
throughout 2017. As there has been an imbalance between the 
number of independent and non-independent directors since 
1 January 2018 the Nomination Committee has initiated a search 
for a replacement independent non-executive director in order to 
bring the Board composition back into balance. 

Non-executive directors are appointed for one-year terms. 
All directors submit themselves for annual election at each 
Annual General Meeting. 

Number of 
meetings held

Number of 
meetings 
attended

Stephen Bennett

Alex Catto

Jinya Chen

Brendan Connolly

Just Jansz

Neil Johnson

Caroline 
Johnstone

Lee Hau Hian

Calum MacLean

Board

Audit Remuneration Nomination

Disclosure

Committees

7

4

3

1

9

7/7

7/7

7/7

6/7

6/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

N/A

N/A

N/A

4/4

4/4

N/A

4/4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3/3

3/3

N/A

3/3

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1/1

N/A

1/1

1/1

N/A

N/A

9/9

N/A

N/A

8/9

N/A

9/9

N/A

N/A

8/9

A balanced Board during 2017

Chairman

Independent  
non-executive directors  

Executive and  
non-independent  
non-executive directors 

Caroline Johnstone

Just Jansz

Jinya Chen (retired 
31/12/2017)

Brendan Connolly

Calum MacLean

Stephen Bennett

Alex Catto

Lee Hau Hian

The adjacent table shows the number of meetings of the Board, 
Audit, Remuneration, Nomination and Disclosure Committees 
held during the year and the number of meetings attended by 
each director. Where a director is unable to attend a Board or 
Committee meeting his or her views on agenda items are 
canvassed in advance of the meeting and incorporated into 
the discussions. The non-executive directors disclose to the 
Board their other significant commitments.

Induction and training
Induction arrangements are in place in order to ensure new 
directors receive a full formal and tailored induction on appointment. 
The Chairman reviews and agrees the training and development 
needs of the directors and the skills and knowledge of the Board 
as a whole are updated by briefings provided by the Company’s 
internal resources and materials, workshops and seminars offered 
by external advisers. During 2017 briefings were delivered to the 
Board on developments in corporate governance reporting 
and governance and best practice in remuneration. The Audit 
Committee was provided with updates and workshop training 
provided by PwC LLP. As no directors were appointed during 
the year no induction training was required to be given. 

Performance evaluation
In 2017, Lintstock were engaged to undertake an evaluation of 
the performance of the Board of Directors. Lintstock is an advisory 
firm that specialises in Board performance reviews and has no 
other connection with the Company.

The first stage of the review involved Lintstock engaging with 
the Chairman, the Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees 
and Company Secretary to set the context for the evaluation, and to 
tailor survey content to the specific circumstances of the Company. 
All Board members were then requested to complete online surveys 
addressing the performance of the Board, its Committees, and the 
Chairman. Non-Board members of the Executive Committee, as 
regular attendees at Board meetings, were also invited to complete 
the online survey relating to the Board. Members of the Group 
Finance Department who attended Audit Committee meetings during 
the course of 2017 were invited to complete the online survey relating 
to that Committee. The surveys were distributed following the Board 
and Annual Strategy review meetings held in November 2017. The 
anonymity of the respondents was ensured throughout the process 
in order to promote an open and frank exchange of views.

62 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Lintstock subsequently produced a report addressing the following 
areas of Board performance:

•  The appropriateness of the Board’s composition was assessed, 
and respondents were asked to identify any changes that ought 
to be made to the profile of the Board.

•  The Board’s understanding of the views of key stakeholders and 
the markets in which the Company operates was considered, 
and the Board’s oversight of relevant technological 
developments, and the culture and behaviours throughout the 
Company, was reviewed.

•  The relationships between Board members and management, 
and the atmosphere in and management of meetings, were 
assessed, as was the quality of the Board packs and 
management presentations.

•  The effectiveness of the Board in reviewing the Group's 

current performance, and influencing future performance, 
was considered, and respondents were asked to identify 
areas upon which they feel the Board should spend more or 
less time focusing over the coming year.

•  The Board’s oversight of strategy and progress against each of 
the Company’s strategic priorities was considered, as was the 
flow of information to the Board around potential acquisition 
opportunities, and the integration of acquired businesses. 
Respondents’ views as to the top strategic issues facing the 
Company were also identified.

•  The Board’s focus on risk was assessed, as was the adequacy 

of succession plans for members of top management. 
Respondents were asked to consider the top Human 
Resources priorities facing the Group over the coming years.

The performance of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees of the Board was also reviewed in separate reports. The 
report on the performance of the Chairman was provided to the Senior 
Independent Director who discussed it with the Chairman and the 
report on individual Board members was provided to the Chairman.

The Lintstock reports on the Board and its Committees were 
distributed to Board members in early January 2018 and were 
discussed and considered in detail at the Board meeting held 
later that month. A representative of Lintstock attended that Board 
meeting in order to assist with the Board’s consideration of the 
reports. The findings of the evaluation are reviewed in the letter 
from the Chairman on page 56.

Board Committees
The Board has formally established Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration and Disclosure Committees, each with their own 
terms of reference which set out their respective roles and the 
authority delegated to them by the Board. Copies of the terms of 
reference are available upon request from the Company Secretary 
and can also be downloaded from the Company’s website. All 
non-executive directors have a standing invitation to attend 
Committee meetings unless they are notified otherwise.

The Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committee reports 
are set out at the end of this Corporate Governance report.

Relations with shareholders
Dialogue with institutional investors is conducted on a regular basis by 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and meetings 
take place following the announcement of half and full year results and 
at other times according to circumstances. In addition to half and full 
year reporting, the Board has decided to continue with the practice 
of providing interim management statements notwithstanding that it is 
no longer a regulatory requirement to do so. 

The Board has adopted a set of shareholder communication 
principles in order to ensure that Board members develop an 
understanding of the views of the Group’s major shareholders. 
These principles require the Chairman to be present with the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer at sufficient 
shareholder presentations and meetings that he fully understands 
the issues and concerns of major shareholders. Alternatively, the 
Chairman is also available for meetings with major shareholders at 
their request.

The Chief Executive Officer reports on shareholder relations at 
each Board meeting. Communications with shareholders relating 
to corporate governance matters are conducted by the Chairman 
with the assistance of the Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. Reports on all meetings between non-executive 
directors and institutional shareholders and their representative 
bodies are given to the Board at the first opportunity following 
such meetings, as is all correspondence with them.

The Senior Independent Director is available to shareholders if they 
have concerns and where contact through the normal channels of 
the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer has failed to resolve or 
for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Board seeks to encourage participation of all shareholders, 
and in particular private investors, at the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting and endeavours to ensure all Board members are in 
attendance. In particular, the Chairs of the Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees are available to answer questions.

The Company makes use of its website www.synthomer.com to 
communicate with its shareholders and also publishes half and full 
year results, Company announcements, share price and corporate 
governance and other investor information there.

Information on the Company’s major shareholdings and share 
capital is included in the Report of the Directors on pages 85 to 87.

Accountability
An explanation of the directors’ responsibilities for preparing the 
financial statements, their report that the business is a going 
concern, a viability statement, a responsibility statement and their 
statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor are set out 
on pages 86 to 88 respectively. Statements by the auditor about its 
reporting responsibilities are set out on pages 89 to 94. 

A report on the approach to internal control is set out below. 
The directors endeavour to make the Annual Report and financial 
statements as informative and understandable as possible.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  63

GovernanceCorporate governance continued

Risk management and internal control 
The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of risk management and internal control and for reviewing 
their effectiveness and sets appropriate policies to ensure that the 
Code requirements are met. The systems of risk management and 
internal control deployed within the Group are designed to reduce 
the risks of failure to meet business objectives, but these risks 
cannot be eliminated. The risk management and internal control 
systems adopted can therefore only provide reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance about meeting such business objectives or 
against material misstatement or loss. The Group risk management 
framework is set out on pages 32 to 37. Risks associated with 
safety, health and the environment are, by the nature of the Group’s 
business, always of the utmost concern and the Sustainability 
report on pages 44 to 55 reviews the Group’s performance in this 
regard in 2017. The Board confirms that a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Group has been carried out and that it 
has monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems in 2017.

The Group’s internal controls over the financial reporting and 
consolidation processes are designed under the supervision of the 
Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair 
presentation of the Group’s published financial statements for 
external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS.

The processes which are used by the Board either directly or, 
where appropriate, through the Audit Committee to review the 
effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems 
in relation to the financial reporting process and the process for 
preparing consolidated accounts include the following:

•  a review of the external and internal audit work plans;
•  consideration of reports from management and external parties, 
including the internal and external auditors, on the system of 
internal financial control and any material control weaknesses;

•  discussion with management of the actions taken on any 
possible problem areas for the business that are identified.

In addition, the Board:

• 
• 

receives copies of the minutes from all Audit Committee meetings;
receives regular written and oral reports from management 
on all aspects of production, operations, financial and risk 
management matters.

Environmental matters
The maintenance of high standards of environmental (together with 
health and safety) protection is central to the Group’s business. 
A separate statement on safety, health and environmental (SHE) 
matters has been a feature of the Annual Report for a number 
of years. The Sustainability report on pages 44 to 55 includes 
a report on the initiatives the Group has adopted regarding 
sustainable development.

Social, community and human rights matters
The Board takes account of social and ethical matters as part of 
its review of internal control which, by virtue of its approach to risk 
identification, covers areas which encompass social and ethical matters.

The Board is conscious of its responsibility to the communities 
in which the Group’s businesses operate and encourages 
local engagement by management which includes supporting 
environmental, health and education initiatives. 

The Board is also aware of the reputational and legal risks 
associated with social and ethical issues and has a Group-wide 
code of business conduct on corruption and anti-competitive 
activities, which is available on the Company’s website and upon 
request from the Company Secretary. The purpose of this code is 
to ensure that the Group’s employees have a clear understanding 
of the principles that are important in these areas when conducting 
the Group’s business. The application of the code is explained to 
senior management at regular intervals and they are charged with 
its communication throughout their businesses supported by 
internal and external training. A compliance procedure involving 
annual certification by senior management and a procedure for 
maintaining a register of, and where appropriate gaining prior 
approval for, gifts, entertainment and corporate hospitality operates 
throughout the Group. A report is made to the Audit Committee 
annually on the code and the Company’s whistleblowing procedure.

The Group’s operating activities are highly regulated in all territories 
and largely carried out in countries that have established legislation 
on human rights issues. As such, information on human rights issues 
is not considered to be necessary for an understanding of the 
development, performance or position of the Group’s business. 
The Group has nonetheless adopted a policy on equal opportunities, 
diversity and human rights which is available at www.synthomer.com.
The Company is a member of the FTSE4Good Index.

Further details of the Group's social and community activities can 
be found on pages 48 and 49. 

64 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Audit Committee

Audit Committee 
Membership since 1 January 2017

Caroline Johnstone

Just Jansz 

Brendan Connolly

Other attendees:

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Position

Chair 

Appointment 
Date

April 2015

Independent 
non-executive director  May 2012

Senior independent 
non-executive director March 2014

Number of 
meetings 
attended

4/4

4/4

4/4

Company Secretary

Group Operational Review Manager

Director of Group Finance

External Auditors

Dear Shareholder
In another year of progress for Synthomer, the Audit 
Committee has continued to develop its programme of 
work in 2017. Alongside our formal meetings, members of 
the committee visited our new facility in Ghent with the rest 
of the Board and we also separately visited the Langelsheim 
plant to meet with managers and staff there and hear about 
the plant’s approach to risk management. 

Our core remit is assessing the integrity of the Group financial 
reporting, internal controls and risk management systems 
and overseeing the work of the external and internal audit 
functions. The Committee has also continued to focus 
on our oversight of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management processes and the development of our finance, 
internal audit and other functions which are important in an 
organisation with a growth strategy. The terms of reference 
of the committee have been expanded to include the review 
of taxation matters to support the Board in monitoring the 
Company’s approach to transfer pricing and the Base Erosion 
and Profit Shifting legislation. 

During 2017, as part of the Committee’s oversight of the 
risk management processes, senior management from 
Procurement, IT and R&D met with us to present how 
they embed the Group’s risk management approach and 
mitigating controls across all aspects of their function. 
We asked for regular updates to the Board on particular 
aspects from the developing procurement function and the 
review of our business information processes and systems. 
The recently appointed Group Head of Tax presented the 
Group’s proposed tax strategy to the Committee, which, 
after discussion, we approved ahead of publication on the 
Company’s website. We revisited the Group’s risk appetite 
statement during the year resulting in a formal discussion at 
the Board’s strategy day in November 2017. This will continue 
to form part of the Committee and Board discussions in 2018.

The Committee has been pleased to support the Chief 
Financial Officer as he has continued to strengthen finance, 
IT and tax teams across the group with a small number of 
senior appointments during the year bringing additional and 
relevant talent and experience into the organisation. 

The Group’s 2016 Annual Report was included in the Financial 
Reporting Council’s thematic review of Alternative Performance 
Measures (“APMs”). Executive management and the 
Committee reviewed all aspects of how we report APMs, 
discussed our approach with the external auditor and, where 
appropriate, made some changes to enhance our presentation 
of our reported performance measures. The FRC’s review 
concluded that there were no issues to raise regarding the 
Group’s approach to Alternative Performance Measures.* 

In 2018, alongside our core remit, the Committee will continue 
to focus on the Group’s internal control and risk management 
processes as well as reviewing recent acquisitions and 
capital investments. We will also oversee the development 
of underlying business information systems – and to look at 
risk assurance mapping. 

We set out further details of our work in the following pages.

I am happy to answer any questions the shareholders may 
have at any time and look forward to meeting those who 
attend the AGM.

Caroline Johnstone
Audit Committee Chairman
1 March 2018

* 

The FRC's review only covered the specific disclosures relating to 
this thematic review and provides no assurance that the report and 
accounts for the year are correct in all material respects; the FRC's role 
is not to verify the information provided but to consider compliance 
with reporting requirements

Committee membership and meetings
The Committee is made up of Caroline Johnstone (chair), Brendan 
Connolly and Just Jansz – their experience is set out on page 59. 
Mrs Johnstone is considered by the Board to have ‘recent and 
relevant financial experience’ for the purposes of Provision C.3.1 
of the Code as a Chartered Accountant, her roles chairing other 
Audit Committees and her previous position as a partner at PwC. 
Together, the Committee members have a wide range of financial, 
operational and commercial experience across the chemicals and 
engineering sectors. 

Both the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer attend our 
Committee meetings as well as other senior members of the finance 
team and the Group Operational Review Manager (who leads the 
Internal Audit function). PwC, led by audit partner Matthew Mullins, also 
attend our meetings. Other senior managers have regularly attended 
Committee meetings in 2017, at our request. Other members of the 
Board have a standing invitation to attend meetings unless notified 
otherwise and we regularly have the full board in attendance. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  65

GovernanceAudit Committee continued

The Committee meets on a regular basis with PwC and with the Group 
Operational Review Manager without management present. The 
Committee also had a private meeting to discuss forthcoming agendas.

•  Monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, financial 

reporting procedures and the quality of the external audit. 
•  Reviewing and challenging significant financial estimates 

In addition, outside of the formal meetings, Caroline Johnstone had 
regular dialogue with the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer, 
other senior members of the head office finance team and PwC 
to develop the Committee's programme of work as well as review 
progress in addressing actions agreed by the Committee. 

As set out in the Chair’s introductory comments, members of 
the Committee visited both the Ghent and Langelsheim sites 
during the year as part of an ongoing programme of engagement 
with the business.

The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee
The Committee has established a detailed remit focused on 
the integrity of our financial reporting, internal controls and 
risk management systems:

and judgements.

•  Supporting the Board in considering whether the annual 

report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable.

•  Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal controls and risk management systems, including the 
Group’s internal audit function and the Group’s whistle blowing 
and fraud detection arrangements.

•  Reviewing and monitoring the independence, objectivity and 
the effectiveness of PwC, approving their remuneration and 
any non-audit services.

•  Reviewing and monitoring the implementation of the Group’s 

tax strategy.

The full terms of reference, which were updated during the year, 
are included on the Company’s website.

Activities during the year
The Committee met formally four times during 2017 and carried out the following principal activities:

Mar

Apr

Aug

Nov

Financial Reporting

Full year results, announcement and Annual Report

Half year results and announcement

Significant accounting judgements

Going concern statement

Viability statement

Fair, balanced and understandable statement

Update on new accounting standards

Internal Controls and Risk Management

Update and specific areas of risk review*

Formal assessment of internal controls and risk assessment processes

External audit

Assessment of external auditor’s independence, objectivity and effectiveness

Reappointment of external auditor

Management representation letter

Non-audit fees

Non-audit fees policy

External audit plan

Internal Audit

Reviewing IA reports, progress against plan and implementation of actions

Assessment of internal audit effectiveness

Internal audit plan

Other

Tax Strategy

Review of compliance with group IT standards

Report on whistleblowing and fraud prevention policies

Committee training, including developments in forthcoming accounting standards

Review and update on the funding arrangements of the Group's UK pension scheme
Consideration of compliance policies including Gifts and hospitality, sanctioned countries,  
code of business conduct and General Data Protection Regulation

Review of transfer pricing arrangements across the Group

Audit Committee terms of reference update

*   Specific areas of risk management review during the year included Working Capital, Capital Expenditure reviews, R&D, IT and Procurement – other areas such as 

Project Excellence were presented at full Board meetings.

66 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

The Committee discussed the ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ 
statement at its meeting in February 2018 in the light of the above 
and, having done so, recommended that the Board provide it in the 
form set out on page 88.

Going concern
The principal aspects of the review process conducted by the 
Committee and management to support the Board’s statement were:

•  Reviewing the Group’s available sources of funding and, in 

particular, testing the covenants and assessing the available 
headroom using a range of assumptions.

•  Reviewing the short, medium and long-term cash flow forecasts 

in various material downside scenarios.

•  Assessing the level of available facilities, which are considered 
necessary to support the Group’s ability to trade and deliver 
future growth.

•  Assessing the Group’s current and forecast activities, including any 
long-term contracts and order books, and those factors considered 
likely to affect its future performance and financial position.

The Committee discussed the going concern statement at its 
meeting in February 2018 and, having done so, recommended 
that the Board provide it in the form set out on page 87.

Viability statement
The Board has chosen to consider the prospects of the Group over 
a five year period ending 31 December 2022, consistent with the 
five year Strategic Plan of the Group, as they consider it to be a 
period over which the Group actively focuses on its long term 
product development and capital expenditure investments.

The Committee’s robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group included a review of the potential impact of severe but 
plausible scenarios that could threaten the viability of the Group 
and the potential mitigations that management believes would be 
available. These scenarios included trading volatility, increased 
competition, delays in capacity improvement, failure of new 
products and the temporary loss of a manufacturing site. They 
also included significant foreign currency exchange rate and interest 
rate movements, which are deemed to be outside the control of 
the Group. The Committee discussed the viability statement at its 
meeting in February 2018 and, having done so, recommended that 
the Board provide it in the form set out on page 37.

Addressing our remit
Systems of risk management  
and internal controls effectiveness 
Each year, the Board is required to conduct a review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and 
internal control. The Board’s statement about this review is set 
out on page 64. At its meeting in February 2018, the Committee 
reviewed management’s assessment of the key elements of these 
systems and confirmed their overall effectiveness. In forming its 
conclusion, the Committee reflected on matters such as:

•  The internal audit programme completed during 2017 and 
the progress in implementing actions arising therefrom. 

•  The risk management processes rolled out across the Group 
in 2016 and 2017 and implemented in new acquisitions as 
soon as practical.

•  Our own programme of risk reviews and discussions with 
senior managers across the Group throughout the year.
•  Assurance (Committee papers, Board and Committee 

presentations and discussions) that management continued 
to review the Group’s key financial controls to ensure that they 
supported the Group’s continued growth.

•  The key controls questionnaire developed in 2017, which is 

completed and signed by each operating unit across the Group 
on a quarterly basis.

•  Half yearly representations from financial and commercial 
management in the business to the Chief Financial Officer.

Whistle-blowing
At each Committee meeting during the year, the Committee was 
provided details of the issues reported during the period and how 
management had investigated them, together with any update on 
ongoing investigations. No material issues were reported during 
the year.

2017 Annual report and accounts
Fair, balanced and understandable
The work undertaken by management and the Committee to 
support the Board’s statement included:

•  establishing a working group of key individuals, who are 

appropriately qualified, within the Group to oversee the drafting 
of the Annual Report;
the CEO and CFO confirming that, in their opinion, the drafting 
of the Annual Report was ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;
•  where appropriate, requesting that certain key contributors to 

• 

sections of the Annual Report (for example, Vice Presidents and 
Finance Directors of business units) sign a declaration confirming 
the accuracy of the information provided;

•  arranging for Deloitte LLP, the Company’s remuneration consultants, 

• 

to review the Directors’ Remuneration Report;
requesting that an audit trail was completed by the Director of 
Group Finance for material data underpinning non financial 
information in the Annual Report;

•  circulating drafts of the Annual Report to PwC, the Committee 

and the Board for review; and

•  discussing material disclosure items at a meeting of the 

Committee held in February 2018.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  67

GovernanceAudit Committee continued

External audit
At its meetings in November 2017 and February 2018, the 
Committee discussed the 2017 audit process:

November 2017

•  PwC’s audit plan 

•  PwC’s audit risk assessment

Outcome/action taken  
by the Committee

•  Challenged and agreed by  

the Committee

•  Discussed with PwC (including  
the approach to identified risks)

•  Materiality level for the audit

•  Agreed with PwC  

(at a similar level to 2016)

•  PwC’s resources

•  Reviewed and discussed with PwC

assumptions. The Group uses appropriately qualified external 
actuarial advisers to help establish the actuarial assumptions 
used in the valuation of the Group’s pension assets and liabilities. 
During their audit, the external auditor evaluated the assumptions 
and methodologies used by the Group’s actuarial advisers and 
management and assessed whether the assumptions made 
were appropriate and not materially different from external 
benchmarks for similar types of schemes. The external auditors 
reported to us that they were satisfied with the assumptions 
used and with the way that the schemes had been accounted 
for. The Committee reviewed the assumptions and methodology 
used by the management and concurred with their conclusions.

•  Audit fee and terms of engagement 

•  Reviewed, challenged and  
approved by the Committee

•  Purchase of business:

February 2018

•  Confirmation of PwC’s audit plan 

•  PwC confirmed no material  

changes made to agreed plan

•  Audit findings, significant issues 
and other accounting judgements

•  Discussed with PwC 
and management

•  Management representation letter

•  Reviewed and approved 

•  PwC’s independence and objectivity 

• 

and quality control procedures

by the Committee

Independence and objectivity 
confirmed; quality control  
procedures reviewed

The chair of the Committee was in discussion regularly with PwC’s 
lead audit partner to discuss the progress of the audit. Ahead of 
and following the conclusion of the February 2018 meeting, the 
Committee met PwC without management being present: no 
significant issues, other than those discussed at the Committee 
meeting, were raised.

Financial reporting and significant judgements
As part of their monitoring of the integrity of the financial statements, 
the Committee assesses whether suitable accounting policies have 
been adopted and considers particular areas where management 
has had to exercise judgement or make estimates. The main areas 
which we reviewed in the year ended 31 December 2017, together 
with a summary of our work, are set out below:

•  Provisions for uncertain taxation positions:

Significant judgement is exercised by management, with advice 
from appropriate tax advisors, to arrive at the amounts provided 
for tax given that the final tax outcome of several transactions is 
uncertain and may not be known for several years. As part of 
their audit, the external auditor reviewed the judgements that had 
been made, using tax specialists as appropriate, and provided 
the Committee with an assessment of the appropriateness of 
management judgements. The Group Head of Tax presented to 
the Committee on the rationale and judgement on each of the 
provisions held by the Group and the Committee considered 
whether these provisions were appropriate and in line with the 
Group tax strategy and took the external auditor’s conclusions 
into consideration. The Committee concurred with 
management’s views and in addition reviewed the adequacy 
of the tax disclosures in the financial statements.

The accounting for the acquisition of the Speciality Additives 
business is shown in the note 31 to the accounts. For the 
acquisition, the assets and liabilities have been included at fair 
value with the balance of consideration shown as goodwill. 
KPMG LLP were engaged to advise on the fair value of the 
Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE). Overall their conclusion 
was that the total fair value of the PPE was higher than the 
carrying value mainly in relation to Land and Buildings. KPMG 
LLP also performed a valuation of the intangibles, of which the 
only one of significant value was the customer relationships. The 
external auditors reviewed the work undertaken by KPMG LLP. 
The Committee reviewed the methodology used by KPMG LLP 
along with their conclusions and discussed them with the 
external auditor. The Committee concurred with management’s 
view on the fair value of the acquired business.

Internal audit
The Group Operational Review Manager (who leads the Internal 
Audit function) was appointed in 2016. We now have a dedicated 
and focused in-house internal audit function, which draws on 
specialist resources as required. At each meeting, the Committee 
reviewed progress against the internal audit annual plan and 
explored areas identified for action.

To assess the effectiveness of Internal Audit, the Committee 
reflected on:

Internal Audit reports during the year.

• 
•  Feedback from operational and finance functions on the quality 

of the Internal Audit reports and activities.
•  Compliance with appropriate Internal Audit  

professional standards.
Implementation of Internal Audit recommendations.

• 

There was positive feedback regarding the constructive and 
challenging approach of Internal Audit as well as the development 
of new internal audit reporting, with clear summaries and 
recommendations. In the coming year, the function will focus 
on agreeing the scope of each audit and continuing to ensure 
implementation of recommendations on a timely basis. On the 
basis of our review, the Committee concluded that the function 
was operating effectively although we continue to review the 
resources required for the developing Group.

•  Defined benefit pension accounting:

The Group operates a number of defined benefit schemes which 
have significant liabilities as outlined in note 26 to the Group 
financial statements. Although the UK schemes are closed to 
future accrual, they are sensitive to changes in actuarial 

The internal audit plan for 2018 was reviewed at our meeting in 
November 2017 and includes auditing areas which account for more 
than 75% of operating profit as well as certain key central functions 
such as the financial consolidation process. Specialists will be 
included in a number of audits such as IT security.

68 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

External audit
Auditor objectivity and independence and  
non-audit services provided by the auditor 
With effect from 1 January 2017, the Committee adopted a new 
policy on the provision of non–audit services by the external auditor. 
We have defined the very limited non audit services which can 
be provided by the external auditors. Services can only be provided 
if approved by the Committee and subject to a cap of 70% of the 
average of audit fees for the preceding three years – with discretion 
to exceed this until January 2020. The policy is in compliance with 
the FRC Ethical Standard for Auditors issued in August 2016 and a 
full copy of the policy on the provision of non-audit services by the 
external auditor is available on the Company website. 

Details of audit and non-audit fees paid to the auditor in 2017 are set 
out in note 8 on page 111. Non-audit fees principally relate to the 
interim review at the half year and providing factual understanding 
about work performed for the Group prior to 1 January 2017 in relation 
to an overseas tax investigation. The Committee concluded that 
PwC’s independence and objectivity was not compromised by it 
providing these services and that, as a result of its knowledge of the 
Group and its financial statements, it was in the Group’s interests to 
engage PwC to do so.

As part of the 2017 audit, PwC confirmed that it was independent 
within the meaning of applicable regulatory and professional 
requirements. Taking this into account and having considered the 
steps taken by PwC to preserve its independence, the Committee 
concluded that PwC continues to demonstrate appropriate 
independence and objectivity.

Effectiveness of the external audit
During the year the Committee evaluated the performance and 
effectiveness of the external auditors. Feedback was obtained from 
people across the business who were involved with the external 
audit and the Committee reflected on the effectiveness of the 
external audit partner and team members, both in Committee 
meetings and in discussions with the chair. A review of performance 
against an evaluation checklist was also conducted by the Audit 
Committee Chair and the Chief Financial Officer. The Committee 
assessed the robustness of the audit, the quality of delivery of the 
audit against the agreed plan and the competence with which the 
auditors handled key accounting estimates and judgements. Having 
considered all of these factors the Committee concluded that the 
external auditors were effective.

Re-appointment of the auditor
PwC was re-appointed external auditor in 2016, following a full 
retender process, having been the Group’s auditors since 2012. 
Having assessed the effectiveness of the external audit referred to 
above and the independence of PwC, the Committee recommends 
the re-appointment of PwC at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. 

Committee performance evaluation and future focus
We addressed the areas of development for 2017 as planned and 
reviewed the risk appetite as part of a wider programme of risk 
reviews. In 2017, we decided to undertake an evaluation of the 
Committee’s performance using an external questionnaire process. 
The feedback was positive about our progress in overseeing and 
challenging the systems of risk management and supportive of 
continuing to develop this in 2018.

Nomination Committee

Nomination Committee membership 
Since 1 January 2017

Neil Johnson

Brendan Connolly

Caroline Johnstone

Position

Chair 

Appointment 
Date

May 2012

Senior independent 
non-executive director March 2014

Independent 
non-executive director

April 2015

Number of 
meetings 
attended

1/1

1/1

1/1

Role
The Committee’s remit includes responsibility for: 
• 

the regular review of the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) 
of the Board and the making of recommendations with 
regard to any changes; 
leading the process for Board appointments and 
nominating candidates for non-executive positions; and 
•  considering succession planning for directors and senior 

• 

executives and reviewing the succession plans put forward 
for ensuring the executive leadership needs of the Company 
are met.

Activities in 2017
The Nomination Committee held one formal meeting during 2017.

The Committee reviewed senior management succession 
planning within the Group during the course of the year. 
Following Mr Jinya Chen’s retirement from the Board at the 
end of 2017 the Committee has initiated a search for a 
replacement independent non-executive director. There were 
no appointments to the Board during the year and accordingly 
the Committee was not involved in any recruitment activity and 
did not appoint or work with any advisers. 

Diversity
The Board adopted its current policy on diversity in 2014 in 
recognition of the importance of diversity in strengthening decision 
making and competitiveness. This policy seeks to ensure that 
diversity in its broadest sense is taken into account in the process of 
making appointments on merit against objective selection criteria. 

Gender and ethnicity are acknowledged as significant elements 
of diversity and the Committee is mindful of the recommendations 
of the Hampton-Alexander, Parker and McGregor-Smith Reviews 
but has not recommended to the Board the setting of quotas for 
female or other representation at this time. 

As there were no changes to the composition of the Board during 
2017, the Committee did not actively seek to implement the 
diversity policy and accordingly has not reported on its results.

A copy of the diversity policy is available at www.synthomer.com. 
Further details on the Company’s approach to, and reporting on, 
diversity are contained within the Strategic report.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  69

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Committee membership 
Since 1 January 2017

Brendan Connolly

Just Jansz 

Caroline Johnstone

Other attendees: 

Chief Executive Officer

VP Global HR

Position

Chair 

Appointment 
Date

Number of 
meetings 
attended

March 2014

3/3

Independent 
non-executive director  May 2012

Independent 
non-executive director 

April 2015

3/3

3/3

Company Secretary 

Deloitte LLP

Dear Shareholder
I would like to take this opportunity to thank our shareholders for 
their support for our new remuneration policy at the 2017 AGM 
where we were pleased to receive greater than 99% support. 

I also take this opportunity to thank the Committee and 
Board members, our advisors and the wider remuneration 
community for their input, discussion and debate. 

Our Policy
The Policy was approved at the 2017 AGM and implemented 
across all elements of remuneration in the year. The Policy, 
details of which are summarised in the subsequent pages of 
this report, will remain in force until the 2020 AGM unless new 
regulation or guidance requires us to review or change the 
policy at an earlier date.

Remuneration outcomes in 2017
•  Base salaries: In 2018 both the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer remain on 2016 salary levels 
as per the policy. This will be the second year that no 
increase has been given, and at the end of 2018 they 
will have been on the same salary for three years. The 
Committee has the option to increase salaries for 2019 
as per the policy.

•  Bonus plan: The 3 parts of the bonus plan were met in full. 
 - Financial – 80%: The +10% above budget Adjusted 
Underlying PBT target was exceeded with Adjusted 
Underlying PBT of £121.5m being delivered (with 
adjustments relating to M&A activity in the year and 
the impact of currency). The Board challenged 
management to offset the softening Asian Nitrile latex 
market during the budget process and in 2017 they 
have managed to fill the gap through a number of 
market focused initiatives. Overall performance 
was above budget expectations. More detail on 
performance is available in the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chairman reports, the segmental reviews and 
the Chief Financial Officer's review.
 - Safety, Health and Environmental (SHE) – 10%: The 
two targets were exceeded, which represents an 
excellent outcome in the journey towards ‘best in class’ 
performance. The Recordable Injury Rate (RIR) target 
of 0.25 or less and the Process Safety Event rate 
(PSER) of 0.2 or less were set to challenge the 
organisation through the integration of the PAC 
(Dispersions) acquisition whilst keeping the legacy 
organisation on an improvement path. The results of 
0.13 (RIR) and 0.19 (PSER) demonstrate the efforts 
made during the year. 
 - Personal strategic goals – 10%: Both the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer are deemed to have 
fully achieved their personal strategic goals. For both the 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the 
improvement and development of the risk management 
process was a focus. This has improved substantially 
with more frequent risk reviews, a wider risk process 
and more Board involvement. Furthermore, for the 
Chief Executive Officer, the other goals of improved 
information flow to investors, which was based on 
feedback has been positively received and, ensuring 
major capital projects are delivered to plan were 
considered to have been fully met during the year. It is 
too early to determine if the promised returns from these 
projects will be delivered and for that reason we will be 
adding this objective into the 2018 LTIP as part of the 
strategic measures. For the Chief Financial Officer , the 
pension review was timely, strategic and well received, 
and the Chief Financial Officer's involvement in the full 
M&A process was evident and impactful.

70 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

•  LTIP: EPS and TSR performance resulted in maximum 

(80%) vesting of that part of the 2011 performance share 
plan awards made in 2015 relating to these performance 
conditions. The three part strategic measures condition 
was partially met (see details on page 80 of the following 
report) resulting in 96.3% of the 2015 award vesting in 
aggregate. As a result of the 2017 outcomes, together with 
the vesting in May 2018 of the “buyout” award of 100,000 
shares granted to the Chief Financial Officer in 2015, the 
Chief Executive Officer will exceed and Chief Financial 
Officer will substantially meet the shareholding guidelines 
requirements to hold shares equal in value to at least 
200% and 150% of salary respectively (based on the 
share price at the end of 2017) during the course of 2018. 

•  Chairman’s fee: We reviewed the Chairman’s fees at the 
end of 2017 and concluded that no increase was required 
at this time.

Committee evaluation 
An evaluation of the performance of the Committee was 
undertaken in 2017 by Lintstock and formed part of the wider 
evaluation of the performance of the Board of Directors. 
Further details of this process are given in the Governance 
section on page 56. 

Other activities in the year
The Committee reviewed gender pay gap data and will 
approve the proposed reporting for external publication in 
the first quarter of 2018. CEO/average employee pay ratio 
data was discussed and reviewed and will form part of our 
reporting remit from 2019 onwards.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference were reviewed 
and the annual schedule of business will be adjusted to 
accommodate consideration of forthcoming changes to 
the governance and legislative remuneration landscape.

Alignment to Group strategy
We continue to strengthen the link and alignment between 
the remuneration structure and the Group strategy of 
innovation, excellence and growth. 

Innovation; through R&D and process engineering delivering 
new and improved products in the medium and long term, to 
successfully compete in the speciality chemical sector which 
is reflected in the LTIP where the management and all the 
LTIP participants are challenged to deliver a percentage of 
revenue from new products over a five year period.

Excellence; safety, health and environmental performance 
are critical for risk management and being able to deliver 
a safe and environmentally controlled workplace, avoiding 
potential physical and reputational damage. Measures for 
both personal and process safety are captured in the bonus 
plans of the CEO and CFO and the wider organisation. 
Excellence also includes operational processes, efficiency, 
cost management, utilisation, product quality and an array of 
other measures which are all captured through objectives for 
the key operational executives and those directly involved in 
managing the plants.

Growth; organic year on year growth, M&A and internal 
capital investment remain important strategic initiatives 
to drive financial growth, increased capacity and a wider 
specialty product base to achieve increased market share. 
The bonus plan and the LTIP through PBT, EPS, TSR and 
specific expansion objectives are aligned and weighted 
heavily towards driving a healthy growth. 

Remuneration Report
The Directors Remuneration report will not require a binding 
vote for the policy at the 2018 Annual General Meeting, 
however the Annual Report on Remuneration, will, as in 
previous years, be subject to an advisory vote.

Brendan Connolly
Chairman
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  71

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

At a glance
2017 outcomes:

•  Base salaries in 2018 unchanged for Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (frozen at 2016 levels).
•  Annual bonus targets fully met.
•  2015 LTIP award vested at 96.3% – Total Shareholder Return and EPS measures exceeded; strategic measures partially met. 

Directors’ Remuneration – Policy principles
The key principles for executive directors’ remuneration at Synthomer are as follows:

•  Sufficient to attract and retain executive directors of the ability and expertise necessary to achieve the strategic goals of the Company.
• 
•  Align executive director reward with the experience of shareholders. 

Incentivise executive directors by rewarding performance and driving the right behaviours.

In setting executive directors’ remuneration, the Committee takes account of pay and conditions throughout the Company. The Committee 
also considers corporate governance requirements and best practice in terms of remuneration structures and the process of setting 
executive remuneration. 

The Committee reviews performance targets regularly to ensure that they do not encourage or motivate inappropriate risk taking. 
Furthermore, the Committee, when necessary, will take into account any environmental, social and governance (ESG) events and the 
Audit Committee’s reviews of the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management when assessing performance.

The following diagram provides an overview of the key elements of reward for executive directors and the performance measures used.

Key elements of reward

Base  
salary

Pension  
& benefits

Annual  
bonus

Performance 
Share Plan

At least 70%
Profit before tax

At least 80%
Based on financial measures

Up to 30%
Strategic and operational measures, 
including personal objectives

2018 awards:
80% Profit before tax
10% Health & Safety
10% Individual strategic  
and operational goals

Up to 20% 
Strategic measures

2018 awards:
40% Relative TSR
40% EPS growth
20% Strategic measures

Directors’ Remuneration – Policy Summary
Set out in the table below is a summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (“the Policy”) as it applies to executive directors. 

The Policy was put forward, and received shareholder approval, at the Company’s 2017 AGM in accordance with section 439A  
of the Companies Act 2006. The Policy has been effective from 27 April 2017 and is available in full at www.synthomer.com.

72 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Future Policy Table

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

None, although individual and 
Company performance are 
factors taken into account when 
considering salary increases.

None

There is no overall maximum 
for salary opportunity or 
increases. Salary increases 
will normally be in-line with the 
increases awarded to other 
employees within the Group. 

Larger increases may 
be made under certain 
circumstances, including, 
but not limited to:

•  an increase in the scope 
and/or responsibility of 
the individual’s role; 
the development of the 
individual within the role;
•  alignment to market levels; 

• 

and

•  corporate events such as a 
significant acquisition or 
Group restructuring which 
impacts the scope of 
the role.

For 2018, executive director 
salaries remain at the 2016 level:

•  C G MacLean: £535,500
•  S G Bennett: £334,560 
and will be frozen at this level 
until at least the end of 2018.

There is no overall maximum 
for benefits, as the cost of 
insurance benefits may vary 
from year-to-year depending 
on the individual circumstances 
and the level of any relocation 
benefits, allowances and 
expenses will depend on the 
specific circumstances.

Base salary

Supports the 
recruitment and retention 
of executive directors.

Salary levels are generally 
reviewed annually by the 
Committee.

Reflects the individual’s 
skills, experience, 
performance and role 
within the Company.

When reviewing salary 
levels the Committee 
takes into account:

• 

• 

the individual’s skills, 
experience and 
performance; 
the size and scope of the 
individual’s responsibilities; 

•  pay and conditions 

elsewhere in the Group;

•  pay at companies of 
similar size; and
the complexity and 
international scope of 
the Group.

• 

Benefits

Provided to support the 
retention and recruitment 
of executive directors.

Benefits to executive directors 
may include private health 
insurance, life insurance and 
a fully expensed car or car 
allowance. From time to time 
the Committee may review 
the benefits provided. The 
Committee may remove 
benefits that executive 
directors receive or introduce 
other benefits if it considers 
it is appropriate to do so. 
Any other benefits will be 
proportionate with the 
current benefits provided.

Where executive directors 
are required to relocate or 
complete an international 
assignment, the Committee 
may offer additional benefits 
or vary benefits according 
to local practice.

Executive directors may 
participate in any all-employee 
share schemes or other benefit 
arrangements on the same 
basis as other employees.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  73

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Annual bonus Incentivises the delivery 

of financial, strategic and 
operational objectives 
selected to support 
our business strategy 
within the year.

The maximum opportunity 
is up to 125% of salary. 

Opportunities for current 
executive directors are:

•  C G MacLean: 125% 

of salary

•  S G Bennett: 115% 

of salary

At least 70% of awards are 
subject to underlying profit 
before tax (or other relevant 
financial measure) targets.

Up to 30% of awards are 
subject to strategic and 
operational measures, 
including personal objectives.

For 2018 awards, performance 
measures will be 80% 
Underlying profit before tax, 
10% health and safety 
objectives, 10% personal 
strategic and operational 
objectives. 

The award for threshold 
performance is normally  
0% of maximum.

Performance targets will be 
determined by the Committee 
at the beginning of the annual 
performance period. 

The Committee will assess 
performance against these 
targets following the end of 
the performance period.

The Committee may adjust 
awards upward or downward 
to reflect the overall 
performance of the 
Company or the individual. 

The Committee may reduce 
or defer the level of payment 
of an award to take into 
account exceptional 
business circumstances. 

A proportion of any bonus 
earned is deferred for two 
years. For current executive 
directors this is 20% and 13% 
of any bonus for C G MacLean 
and S G Bennett respectively.

The Committee may claw 
back awards up to three years 
after payment if the Group’s 
accounts have been materially 
misstated, there has been an 
error in the calculation of any 
performance conditions which 
results in over payment or if 
there are circumstances giving 
rise to material reputational 
damage to the Group.

74 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

2011 
Performance 
Share Plan 

Approved by 
shareholders 
at the 2011 
EGM

Incentivises executive 
directors to deliver 
sustained performance 
and sustainable returns 
for shareholders over 
the longer term.

The vesting of awards is 
conditional on the Company’s 
performance against 
long-term targets over 
performance period of  
at least three years.

Under the plan rules approved 
by shareholders, the value 
of shares awarded to an 
individual in respect of any 
one year may not normally 
exceed 150% of salary. 

The Committee may reduce 
or defer the level of vesting of 
an award where an event has 
occurred, such as a material 
health or safety incident.

The Committee may claw 
back awards up to three years 
after vesting if the Group’s 
accounts have been materially 
misstated, there has been an 
error in the calculation of any 
performance conditions which 
results in overpayment or (for 
awards from 2017 onwards) if 
there are circumstances giving 
rise to material reputational 
damage to the Group. 

Vested awards relating to 
grants made from 2017 
onwards are subject to a 
holding period post vesting 
of an additional two years.

Annual awards to current 
executive directors are:

•  C G MacLean: 150% 

of salary

•  S G Bennett: 120% 

of salary 

Under the plan rules approved 
by shareholders there is the 
ability to make additional 
awards in exceptional 
circumstances.

Additional awards may be 
made in the case of a 
transformative Company 
event. Any such awards would 
be subject to additional 
shareholding guidelines 
or holding periods to be 
determined by the Committee.

Any additional award would 
be subject to the overall 
plan limit of 300% of salary.

Pension

Provide a competitive 
level of retirement 
benefits to support both 
retention and recruitment 
of executive directors.

Executive directors are eligible 
to participate in the Group 
personal pension plan.

Maximum of 25% of 
base salary.

Executive directors may 
receive payments as a cash 
allowance which they may use 
either in conjunction with that 
plan and/or to enable them to 
make their own arrangements.

Allowances for current 
executive directors are:

•  C G MacLean: 
25% of salary
•  S G Bennett:  
20% of salary

•  At least 80% based on 

financial measures. This 
may include TSR, EPS, 
Return on Invested Capital 
(ROIC) or any other measure 
considered appropriate by 
the Committee. Any change 
to the financial measures 
used would be subject 
to prior shareholder 
consultation.

•  Up to 20% based on 

performance measures 
linked to the delivery of 
the business strategy. 
•  No single measure will 
constitute more than 
50% of an annual award

For 2018 awards, performance 
measures will be 40% Relative 
TSR. 40% EPS and 20% 
strategic measures, 
including ROIC.

A maximum of 25% of 
each element will vest for 
threshold performance.

The Committee may amend the 
final vesting level under the TSR 
element if it does not consider it 
to be reflective of the underlying 
performance of the Group. 

Any additional awards made 
in exceptional circumstances 
will be subject to performance 
conditions and vesting 
schedules as determined by the 
Committee at the time of award.

None

Shareholding 
guidelines

The Company operates shareholding guidelines for executive directors to strengthen the alignment between the interests 
of the executive directors and the shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are required to 
build interests in shares of at least 200% and 150% of salary respectively. 

All vested awards under the 2011 Performance Share Plan (net of tax if applicable) must be retained by executive directors 
until this requirement is met. If the requirement is not met within three years of appointment the executive directors would 
be required to defer 50% of any bonus to buy shares until the guidelines are met.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  75

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Provisions to withhold or recover sums paid under incentives are as detailed in the table above. No other elements of remuneration are 
subject to recovery provisions.

Illustrations of Application of Remuneration Policy
The following charts illustrate the different elements of the executive directors’ remuneration under three different performance scenarios: 
‘Minimum, ‘Target’ and ‘Maximum’. The assumptions used are provided below the charts. The illustrations are based on annual bonus 
awards for 2018 and Performance Share Plan awards to be made in 2018.

C G Maclean 

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

£2.16m

37%

S G Bennett

1,500,000

1,200,000

900,000

31%

600,000

£0.42m

£1.21m

33%

32%

£0.75m
13%

31%

£1.29m
16%

31%

£0.68m

100%

53%

32%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

300,000

0

100%

56%

35%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     Performance Share Plan

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     Performance Share Plan

Fixed

Component

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Base salary for 2018

Value of cash supplement for 2018

Taxable value of annual benefits provided in 2017

Variable

Annual bonus

0% of maximum

60% of maximum 

2011 Performance Share 
Plan1

0% vesting

25% vesting

C G MacLean 125% of salary 
S G Bennett 115% of salary

C G MacLean 150% of salary 
S G Bennett 120% of salary

Note:
1.  The value for the Performance Share Plan is based on the face value of annual PSP awards under the Policy and base salaries for 2018. The calculation excludes 

share price growth or dividends during the performance period.

76 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017
Operation of the executive director Remuneration Policy for 2018
The current Policy has been in force since 27 April 2017. The specific remuneration arrangements for 2018 are described below

Base salary

There were no salary increases awarded for 2018. This will be the second year that no increase has been given and 
accordingly salaries remain at 2016 levels as follows: 

•  C G MacLean: £535,500.
•  S G Bennett: £334,560.

Pension and 
benefits

No changes. Executives receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, a fully expensed car or car 
allowance and private health insurance. 

2018 cash allowances in lieu of pension contributions:

•  C G MacLean: 25% of salary
•  S G Bennett: 20% of salary

Annual bonus

For 2018, performance under the annual bonus will be measured on the following basis:

•  80% subject to performance against Underlying profit before tax targets.
•  10% subject to performance measures against key health and safety targets.
•  10% subject to performance against individual strategic and operational goals.
•  Targets and objectives for 2018 are, by their financial and commercial nature, considered by the Board to 
be unsuitable for disclosure in advance. However, the Committee will provide information on targets and 
objectives retrospectively.

2018 maximum award opportunity:

•  C G MacLean: 125% of salary
•  S G Bennett: 115% of salary

Performance 
share plan

For awards made in 2018, performance will be measured on the same basis as for awards made in 2017 other than 
in relation to the business strategy target as follows:

•  40% based on relative TSR performance versus FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts and financial services companies):

•  40% based on underlying EPS growth:

 - 25% of this element will vest for median performance.
 - 100% vesting for upper quartile performance.
 - Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.
 - 25% of this element will vest for EPS growth of 4.5% per annum.
 - 100% vesting for EPS growth of 10% per annum. 
 - Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.
 - This target range was set following consideration of the long-term strategy and the outlook for the markets in 

which we operate.

•  20% based on performance against three equally weighted measures directly linked to the delivery of the 

business strategy:
 - Proportion of sales volumes (excluding monomers and speciality additive products) from new products together 
with products covered by patents and patent applications derived from new products launched in the five years 
to the end of the performance period – incentivising greater innovation through new product development.
 - Cumulative Underlying profit before tax growth in respect of acquisitions in line with the strategic plan as 
 - ROIC generated from the most significant growth projects being commissioned in 2018 measured in the third 
 - For each of these measures, 25% will vest for threshold performance.
 - The targets for these measures, and the level of performance achieved, will be disclosed following the end of 

year of the performance period – incentivising the delivery of profitable organic growth. 

approved by the Board – incentivising the delivery of profitable growth. 

the performance period.

2018 maximum award opportunity:

•  C G MacLean: 150% of salary 
•  S G Bennett: 120% of salary

Shareholding 
guidelines

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are required to build interests in shares of at least 200% 
and 150% of salary respectively. The Committee will keep the level under review.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  77

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

The following information is audited:

Single figure of remuneration for executive directors

Executive directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Year

2017

2016

2017

2016

Base
salary
£

Benefits1
£

Annual
bonus
£

Long-term 
 incentives2
£

Pension
£

Total
£

535,500

535,500

334,560

334,560

13,200

669,375

13,200

535,500

22,397

384,744

21,125

334,560

1,163,614

133,875 2,515,564

–

133,875 1,218,075

343,887

66,912 1,152,500

–

66,912

757,157

Notes
1.  This is the total taxable value of benefits received by each executive director during the year. The table below provides details of the main component of the relevant 

benefits paid to executive directors.

2.  For 2017 the values relate to awards granted under the 2011 PSP and made in 2015 and which vested in February 2018 for CG MacLean and will vest in May 2018 for 

SG Bennett. Further information about the level of vesting is provided in this report.

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Car
expenses/benefit 
 £

13,200

21,258

Others
£

–

1,139

Total
£

13,200

22,397

Additional information for single figure remuneration
Base salary
The base salary levels for 2018 have been frozen at those effective 1 January 2016 and are set out below.

Executive directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

2017 base salary

2018 base salary

% change

£535,500

£334,560

£535,500

£334,560

0%

0%

Annual bonus 
2017 award
For 2017 the Company operated a cash bonus plan for the executive directors related to the achievement of Underlying profit before tax 
targets, health and safety targets and individual strategic and operational goals. 

The achievement of the Underlying profit before tax target represented up to 80% of the maximum bonus opportunity achievable of 125% 
and 115% of annual basic salary for CG MacLean and SG Bennett respectively.

The health and safety targets were given a 10% weighting of the maximum achievable with the balance of 10% relating to individual strategic 
and operational goals.

Overall bonuses for the year ended 31 December 2017.

Executive directors

C G MacLean 

S G Bennett

Maximum bonus as a 
 % of salary

Total bonus as a 
 % of maximum

125

115

100

100

Total bonus 
£

669,375

384,744

78 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Further information of the three elements of the bonus are as follows: 

1. Underlying profit before tax (80%)
The Underlying profit before tax targets set and achievement are set out below:

Level of award (% of element)

Underlying profit before tax1

Threshold

0%

£103.55m

Target

60%

£109.00m

Maximum

100%

£119.90m

Achieved2

100%

£121.10m

Notes
1.  Targets are set by reference to the Board approved internal budget for the Group and measured on a constant currency basis.
2.  For the purposes of calculating Achieved Underlying profit before tax the contribution from the acquisition of Speciality Additives was deducted from 2017 Underlying 

profit before tax.

2. Health & Safety (10%)
Targets with an aggregate weighting of 10% related to improvements in personal and process safety.

Target

Level of award

Rate achieved

Award outcome

Personal Safety 
(measured as injury rate)

Process Safety 
(measured as process 
safety event rate)

0.25 or less

0.20 or less

0% for a rate 
greater than 0.25
5% for a rate 
less than 0.25

0% for a rate 
greater than 0.20
5% for a rate 
less than 0.20

0.13

5%

0.19

5%

As a result of out-performance against both measures the maximum award of 10% was achieved. Further details of the definition and 
measurement of the recordable injury rate and the process safety incident rate are given on page 51.

3. Individual strategic and operational goals (10%)
Individual goals and achievements against them considered by the Remuneration Committee with an aggregate weighting of 10% included:

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Development of risk management processes and controls. 
Delivery of major capital projects and achievement 
of returns. 
Upgrade investor communications approach. 

Development of risk management processes and controls. 
Performance relating to merger and acquisition activity. 
Undertake pensions review and define any new strategy 
or changes required. 

Target

Level of award

Up to 10%

Up to 10%

Performance  
against targets

More frequent and wider risk reviews delivered; wider 
risk process implemented with more Board involvement. 
Major capital projects delivered to plan. 
Improved information flow to investors.

More frequent and wider risk reviews delivered; wider 
risk process implemented with more Board involvement. 
Full and impactful involvement in merger and 
acquisition activity. 
Pensions review delivered.

Award outcome

10%

10% 

The maximum opportunity was awarded.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  79

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

2011 Performance Share Plan
2015 award included in single figure of remuneration for 2017.

The awards made on 27 February 2015 for CG MacLean and for SG Bennett under the 2011 PSP were subject to relative shareholder 
return performance condition, an absolute earnings per share performance condition and a strategic measures condition as follows:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance against 
the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment 
trusts and financial services companies) over 
3 year period ended 31 December 2017

EPS for the 2017  
financial year 

Percentage of award that vests

Performance achieved

Upper quartile

25.95 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 22.25 pence 
and 25.95 pence

On a straight-line basis  
between 10% and 40% 

Median

Below median

22.25 pence

Less than 22.25 pence

10%

 0%

EPS of 30.7 pence gives full 
vesting for that condition. 

TSR performance at the 
16th percentile gives full 
vesting for that condition

A further 20% of the award was subject to three strategic measures which comprised three equally weighted strategic measures:

•  Percentage of Group sales (by volume) in the 2017 financial year derived from new products launched in the five years ended 

31 December 2017.

New product percentage

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< 13.2%

13.2% – – 20%

> 20%

0%

1.66% – 6.66%

6.66%

20% gives vesting of 6.66% of award

•  Cumulative EBITDA for Europe and North America for the three years ended 31 December 2017.

Cumulative Europe and North America EBITDA

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< €374.1m

€374.1m – €396.7m

> €396.7m

0%

1.66% – 6.66%

6.66%

€414.7million gives vesting of 6.66% of award

•  Growth in Asia and Rest of World EBIT by the 2017 financial year

2017 Asia and Rest of World EBIT

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< £32.5m

£32.5m – £42.3m

> £42.3m

0%

1.66% – 6.66%

6.66%

In aggregate 96.3% of the 2015 award vested.

£35.1million gives vesting of 3% of award

The 2015 award vested for CG MacLean in February 2018 and will vest for SG Bennett in May 2018 as follows:

C G MacLean 

S G Bennett

No of shares in original award'

No of shares that lapse

No of shares that vest

231,726

68,483

8,574

2,534

223,152

65,949

Notes
1.  Award reduced on a time apportioned basis for SG Bennett calculated from commencement of employment on 1 May 2015.

80 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

2017 award
The awards made on 4 May 2017 to C G MacLean and S G Bennett were as follows:

Executive Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Scheme

Basis of award

Number of shares

Face value

Percentage 
vesting at 
 threshold
 performance

Performance 
period 
 end date

2011 PSP – nil-cost options 150% of salary

2011 PSP – nil-cost options 120% of salary 

161,644 

80,791

£803,250

£401,472

25%

25%

31/12/2019

31/12/2019

The face value of the awards was calculated using a share price of 496.925 pence per share, the average share price on the four dealing 
days prior to the date of grant.

The awards made on 4 May 2017 under the PSP are subject to the following performance conditions:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance against the FTSE 250 
Index (excluding investment trusts and financial services 
companies) over three year period ending 31 December 2019

EPS for the 2019 financial year 

Percentage of award that will vest

Upper quartile

37.7 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 32.3 pence and 37.7 pence

On a straight-line basis between 
10% and 40%

Median

Below median

32.3 pence

Less than 32.3 pence

10%

0%

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures as referred to on page 75, the targets for which will be disclosed following the 
end of the performance period.

Pension entitlements 
Both executive directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions. No additional benefit is receivable in the event of a 
director retiring early.

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Single figure of remuneration for non-executive directors

Non-executive directors

N A Johnson

The Hon. A G Catto

J Chen

B W D Connolly1

Dr J Jansz

C A Johnstone

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

Cash allowance (% salary)

25

20

Base fee

170,000

160,000

40,000

40,000 

40,000

40,000

45,000

45,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

Committee
 membership
 fee

Committee 
chair fee

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,000

5,000

10,000

5,000

10,000

5,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

Total

170,000

160,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

60,000

55,000

50,000

45,000

55,000

50,000

40,000

40,000

Notes
1.  Base fee includes an amount of £5,000 per annum for role as Senior Independent Director.

The fees of the non-executive directors and the Chairman were reviewed in 2017 and as a result no increase will be made in 2018.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  81

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (number of shares/options)

Vested
 unexercised 
performance 
related options 
31 December 
2017

–

–

Total
unfettered 
interests in 
shares and 
vested options
 31 December 
2017

223,217

–

Unvested 
performance 
related options 
31 December 
20171

575,786

240,447

Share
options
 exercised
 during
2017

–

–

Share
ownership
 requirements
(% of salary)

200%

150%

Interests
in shares at 
31 December
 2017 
(% of salary)2

205%

0%

Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

The Hon. A G Catto

B W D Connolly

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

Dr J J C Jansz

N A Johnson

C A Johnstone

J Chen

Interests in
 Company
 shares 
 31 December
 2017

223,217

–

1,492,392

6,697,500*

2,200

44,763

10,000

100,000

–

–

Notes
*  Non-beneficial interest.
1.  Unvested performance related options comprise the awards made under the 2011 PSP in 2015, 2016 and 2017. Details of the performance conditions attaching to the 
2017 awards are set out on page 81. As disclosed in the 2015 Annual Report, in addition to his performance related award S G Bennett was granted a ‘buyout’ award 
of 100,000 shares in 2015 which will vest subject to continued employment until 1 May 2018. 

2.  Until this requirement is met no sales of shares that vest under long-term incentive plans are permitted other than to satisfy tax liabilities that arise on the exercise of 
share awards under such plans. The Committee considers that unfettered unexercised vested nil-cost awards are economically equivalent to shares and as such 
that they should count (on a net of tax basis) toward compliance with the share ownership guidelines. As a result of the 2017 remuneration outcomes together with 
the vesting of his 'buyout' award S G Bennett will substantially meet his share ownership requirement during 2018 based on the share price at the end of 2017.

The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards granted in 2016 are as follows:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance against the FTSE 250 
Index (excluding investment trusts and financial services 
companies) over three year period ending 31 December 2018

EPS for the 2018 financial year 

Percentage of award that vests

Upper quartile

28.6 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 24.5 pence and 28.6 pence

On a straight-line basis between 10% 
and 40% 

Median

Below median

24.5 pence

Less than 24.5 pence

10%

 0%

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures as referred to on page 75, the targets for which will be disclosed following the 
end of the performance period.

Payments to past directors
No payments were made to past directors.

Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss office were made during the year.

82 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

The following information is unaudited:

Performance graph and table
The graph and the table below allow comparison of the total shareholder return of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer 
remuneration outcomes over the last nine years.

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

 Synthomer plc         FTSE 250 (excluding investment and financial services companies)

The graph above compares the total shareholder return performance of the Company with that of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment and 
financial services companies) which is considered to be the most appropriate index against which to make a comparison.

CEO total single figure  
of remuneration (£000)

Bonus (% of maximum awarded)

LTIP (% of maximum vesting)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

786

100

0

1,484

3,934

1,487

100

100

100

100

27

100

923

0

50

967

57.3

0

1,246

1,218

2,516

96.7

n/a

100

n/a

100

96.3

The Chief Executive Officer total single figure of remuneration includes salary, benefits and pension contributions paid in the year together 
with bonuses and long-term incentive awards which vested based on performance in the year.

Percentage change in remuneration of director undertaking the role of chief executive compared with UK Group employees
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and that of the employees of the Group’s main UK 
trading subsidiary. Total employee pay is based on the total salary, benefits and bonuses for employees of that company comprising some 
349 employees. The directors consider that this employee population is the most relevant for comparison purposes taking into account 
geographical location and remuneration structure.

Salary 
% increase

Taxable benefits 
% increase

Annual bonus 
% increase

C G MacLean

Total employee pay, benefits and bonuses

0

4.6

0

(0.4)

25

12.2

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the relative importance of the Group’s all employee remuneration expense compared with returns to shareholders by 
way of dividends.

Dividends

Total employee remuneration

39.1

116.3

30.3

93.5

2017 
 £m

2016
 £m

% change

29.0

24.4

Dividends are the dividends paid in the year. Total employment remuneration is the consolidated salary cost for all Group employees.

Emoluments*

The total amounts for directors’ remuneration and other benefits were:

Emoluments

Note
*  Emoluments are recognised on a pro-rata basis for the period they were Directors. 

2017 
 £000

2016 
 £000

2,415

2,204

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  83

GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

External appointments
Executive directors are permitted to accept external appointments with the prior approval of the Board provided that there is no adverse 
impact to their role and duties to the Company. Any fees arising from such appointments may be retained by the executive directors where 
the appointment is unrelated to the Group’s business. SG Bennett does not currently hold any external appointments. CG MacLean was 
appointed as a non-executive director of Saudi Basic Industries (SABIC) headquartered in Riyadh in October 2017 and receives a fee of 
US$157,500 per annum.

Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Committee membership since 1 January 2017:

Brendan Connolly

Just Jansz

Caroline Johnstone

Attendance at Committee meetings is set out on page 70.

Chairman

Key duties of the Committee
The Committee is responsible for determining, in agreement with the Board, the Company’s policy on executive remuneration and the 
specific remuneration for the Chairman and each of the executive directors, including pension rights, within the terms of the agreed policy. 
The Committee is also responsible for reviewing the remuneration of senior executives throughout the Group. 

Advisers
The Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary and the Vice President – Global HR are invited to attend Committee meetings to contribute to 
the Committee in its deliberations. However, no individual is involved in discussions, or is part of any decisions, relating to their own remuneration.

The Committee received independent advice from Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) who were appointed as the Committee’s independent 
remuneration advisers in April 2013. 

During the year, Deloitte provided advice on governance and market trends and other remuneration matters that materially assisted the 
Committee. The fees paid to Deloitte in respect of this work were charged on a time and expenses basis and totalled £17,400 for advice 
in 2017. Deloitte also provided tax services to part of the Group in the year. The Committee was satisfied that this did not compromise the 
independence of the advice received.

Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its code of conduct. Deloitte was appointed directly 
by the Committee, and the Committee is satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

Statement of voting at general meeting
The table below sets out the results of the votes on the Directors’ remuneration report and remuneration policy at the 2017 AGM. 

Member

2016 Annual Report on Remuneration

2017 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Votes for

Votes against

Votes withheld

Number

% of vote

Number

% of vote

266,705,753

265,001,288

>99

>99

1,907,930

1,980,697

<1

<1

Number

14,926

1,657,331

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
1 March 2018

84 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Report of the Directors

The Directors submit their Annual Report and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017. The 
Report of the Directors comprises pages 85 to 87 and the following sections of the Annual Report which are incorporated by reference:

Item

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial instruments and financial risk management

Present membership of the Board

Corporate Governance Report

Strategic Report (including principal activities and principal risks and 
uncertainties and Viability Statement)

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Share capital

Sustainability Report

Location in Annual Report

Page 88

Financial Statements – note 23

Pages 58 to 59

Pages 60 to 64

Pages 1 to 55

Pages 70 to 84

Financial Statements – note 28

Pages 44 to 55

Results and dividends
The profit attributable to shareholders for the year was £74.0m. The interim dividend of 3.7 pence per share was paid on 6 November 2017. 
The Directors recommend a final ordinary dividend of 8.5 pence per share payable on 6 July 2018 to those shareholders registered at the 
close of business on 8 June 2018. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to shareholders and this alternative will continue to be offered 
until further notice.

Acquisitions and Disposals 
On 5 March 2017 the Group completed the acquisition of Perstorp Oxo Belgium AB. On 1 January 2018, the Group sold Synthomer 
Leuna GmbH. On 31 January 2018 the Group completed the purchase of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR business and assets. 
Further details of these transactions are contained in notes 31 and 37 respectively to the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors
All the Directors will retire and will be seeking election or re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

None of the Directors seeking re-election has a service contract other than Mr MacLean and Mr Bennett who each have a service contract 
which contains a twelve month notice period. 

Director indemnity provisions
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors of the Company have the benefit of a qualifying third-party indemnity provision 
which provides that they shall be indemnified by the Company against certain liabilities as permitted by Sections 232 and 234 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and against costs incurred by them in relation to any liability for which they are indemnified. The Company has 
purchased and maintains insurance against directors’ and officers’ liabilities in relation to the Company.

Share capital and control
During 2017 no shares were issued or repurchased. A total of 87,282 shares were purchased on the open market on behalf of the 
shareholders who elected to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan.

The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, being the only class of issued share capital, as well as the powers of 
the Company’s directors, are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can be obtained from Companies House or 
can be downloaded from the Company’s website. There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares 
or on the transfer of securities in the Company. No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with regard to the control 
of the Company. The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities or on voting rights. Unless expressly specified to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, the Company’s 
Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Other than in relation to its borrowings which, unless certain conditions are satisfied, become repayable on a takeover, the Company is 
not party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control following a takeover bid. The 
Company does not have agreements with any director or employee that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment 
resulting from a takeover.

All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding options and awards would normally 
vest and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  85

GovernanceReport of the Directors continued

Major shareholdings
Other than the shareholdings disclosed as Directors’ interests in the Directors’ remuneration report as at 16 February 2018, the Company 
had been notified under Section 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UK Listing Authority of the following significant holdings 
of voting rights in its ordinary shares:

Ordinary shares (number)

Percentage of ordinary shares in issue

Kuala Lumpur Kepong Berhad Group

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Old Mutual plc 

FIL Limited

Kames Capital Plc

66,879,401

24,987,649

23,713,569 

19,820,888

11,769,450

19.68

7.35

6.97 

5.83

3.46

Nature of holding

Direct interest

Indirect interest

Indirect interest 

Direct interest

Direct and indirect interest

Employment policies and Employment involvement
The Group gives every consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons. Employees who become disabled are 
given every opportunity to continue employment under normal terms and conditions with appropriate training, career development and 
promotion wherever possible. The Group seeks to achieve equal opportunities in employment through recruitment and training policies.

The Group encourages employee involvement in its affairs and makes use of an intranet system to promote such involvement and to aid 
communication with employees. Regional management conferences are held annually to bring senior management together to share 
ideas and develop policy, values and behaviours. Dialogue takes place regularly with employees to make them aware of the financial and 
economic factors affecting the performance of the Group. Performance related bonus schemes are in operation throughout the Group.

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company has a general authority, which expires at the conclusion of the 2018 Annual General Meeting, to make market purchases 
of not more than 33,988,076 of the Company’s ordinary shares in accordance with the terms of the special resolution passed at the 2017 
Annual General Meeting. A resolution will be tabled at the 2018 Annual General Meeting to renew this authority.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the year.

UK pension funds
The Trustees have reviewed the independent investment management of the assets of the Company pension schemes in the UK and 
assured themselves of the security and controls in place. In particular, it is the Trustees’ policy not to invest in Synthomer plc shares nor 
lend money to the Company.

Subsidiaries
All the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and related undertakings are listed on page 147 to 149.

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each Director of the Company confirms that, so far as he or she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware and that he or she has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself or 
herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. For these purposes, 
relevant audit information means information needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing their reports on pages 89 to 94.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

86 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Going concern
The directors have acknowledged the latest guidance on going concern and in reaching their conclusions have taken into account factors which 
include the amendment and restatement in March 2016 of the Group’s main credit facility put in place in July 2014 and which involved the putting 
in place of an extended commitment of £370 million under the multicurrency revolving facilities agreement until July 2019. After making enquiries 
and taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, the directors are satisfied that, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements of both the Group and the Company.

Cautionary statement
The purpose of this report is to provide information to the members of the Company. It contains certain forward-looking statements with 
respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty since 
future events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking 
statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this report and the Company undertakes no obligation 
to update these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this report should be construed as a profit forecast.

Independent auditors
A resolution to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s auditor will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at the offices of Canaccord Genuity Limited, 88 Wood Street, London EC2V 7QR on 26 April 2018 
at 10.00am.

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
1 March 2018

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  87

GovernanceStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements, including adoption of going concern basis
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
The directors consider that the annual report and accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
group and company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Responsibility statement
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in the 
Report of the Directors, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the company financial statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and 
applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the company;
the group financial statements, which have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the group as a whole; and
the Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the position 
of the group and company as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

By order of the Board

C G MacLean 
Chief Executive Officer  

S G Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the group financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and company financial statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”, and applicable law). Under company law the directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group 
and company and of the profit or loss of the group and company for 
that period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European 

Union have been followed for the group financial statements and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, 
have been followed for the company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and 
company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the group and 
company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the group and company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial statements,  
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

88 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of Synthomer plc

Report on the audit of financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Synthomer plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the 

state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 December 2017 and of the group’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;
• the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated balance sheet and 
statement of financial position – Synthomer plc as at 31 December 2017; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for 
the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to 
the group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 8 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the company in the 
period from 1 January 2017 to 31 December 2017.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

Audit
scoping

Areas of
focus

•  Overall group materiality: £6.5 million (2016: £6.1 million), based on 5% of underlying profit before taxation
• Overall company materiality: £5.0 million (2016: £5.0 million), based on 2% of total assets

• Audit procedures provide coverage of 88% of revenue, 89% of operating profit and 87% of 

underlying operating profit

• Audit scope covers eight countries, performing procedures over 13 entities
• Financially significant components in the UK, Germany and Malaysia

• Valuation of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes
• Provisions for Uncertain Tax Positions 
• Accounting for the acquisition of Oxo Belgium 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  89

Group financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and the industry in which it operates, and 
considered the risk of acts by the group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We designed audit 
procedures at group and significant component level to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We focused on laws and regulations that could give rise to a 
material misstatement in the group and company financial statements, including, but not limited to, the Companies Act 2006, the Listing 
Rules, Pensions legislation, UK tax legislation, UK environmental regulations and the EU registration, evaluation, authorisation and restriction 
of chemicals regulations and equivalent local laws and regulations applicable to significant component teams. Our tests included, but were 
not limited to, review of the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation, enquiries of management, review of 
significant component auditors' work and review of internal audit reports in so far as they related to the financial statements. There are 
inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from 
the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it.

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors 
that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes
As set out in Note 26 on page 128 the Group has significant 
defined benefit pension schemes. These primarily represent the 
Yule Catto Group retirement benefits scheme in the UK and an 
unfunded scheme in Germany, which account for £78.3 million 
and £68.5 million, respectively, of the net pension deficit of 
£157.2 million recorded on the Group balance sheet at the year 
end. We focused on the pension liabilities in particular, as the 
amounts reflected in the financial statements for defined benefits 
schemes are sensitive to relatively small changes in a few key 
assumptions such as the inflation rate, mortality tables and most 
notably, the discount rate applied. The Group uses third party 
actuaries to calculate the amounts to reflect in the financial 
statements in respect of these schemes and it is accordingly 
important for us to assess the work they perform and their 
competency to undertake the work in order to conclude on 
the results of their work.

We obtained external actuarial reports of the UK and German schemes 
which set out the calculations and assumptions underpinning the year 
end pension scheme valuation. We read these reports and were 
satisfied that the scope of their work was such that we could use this 
work to provide evidence for the purpose of our audit. We assessed the 
competency and objectivity of the external actuaries commissioned by 
the Group to perform the year end calculations by considering their 
technical expertise and independence from the Group. We identified 
no concerns over their competency or objectivity. We used our own 
specialist actuarial knowledge to evaluate all the key assumptions 
used in each of the two schemes by comparing these assumptions 
to our expectations for similar schemes as at the year end. We found 
management’s assumptions to be within an acceptable range.

90 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsAccounting for the acquisition of Oxo Belgium
On 5 March 2017 the Group completed the acquisition of 
Perstorp Oxo Belgium AB ("Oxo Belgium") for consideration 
of £66.1m, as described in note 31.

We evaluated the process used by management to identify and value 
the assets and liabilities acquired. We assessed the assets and 
liabilities acquired and the fair value adjustments applied. The fair 
value adjustments were considered appropriate.

IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” (“IFRS 3”) requires that all assets 
and liabilities acquired in the business combination are recorded 
at fair values on acquisition. Judgement is required in identifying 
and valuing all the assets and liabilities acquired, in particular 
intangible assets which are recognised on acquisition and 
valuing the acquired property, plant and equipment.

We considered the Directors’ process for identifying the intangible 
assets acquired, considering the rationale for the acquisition and the 
nature of the Oxo Belgium business. Using our valuation specialists, 
we assessed the valuation methodology used by the Directors in 
valuing the identified assets. We evaluated the forecasts and data 
used and the key assumptions made.

We were satisfied that the fair values of the intangible and tangible 
assets were supportable, and that the assumptions used in valuing 
the assets were within an acceptable range.

Intangible assets totalling £38.9m were identified relating to 
customer relationships. The key judgements were in determining 
an appropriate methodology to value these assets and appropriate 
assumptions, including forecast revenue and profit, discount rate 
and rates of obsolescence to determine their fair values.

Tangible assets relating to land, buildings and plant and 
machinery have been valued at £8.9m. The key judgements were 
in determining an appropriate methodology to value these assets, 
assessing current market values for similar assets, replacement 
costs and other valuation assumptions.

Provisions for Uncertain Tax Positions
The Group has a wide geographic footprint and is subject to a 
range of tax laws in a number of different tax jurisdictions. In 
determining the amount to record at the year-end for tax liabilities 
there is an element of judgement as to what amounts will 
ultimately be payable for assessed tax exposures. As set out in 
Note 10 at 31 December 2017, the Group has recorded current 
tax liabilities totalling £40.2 million. A significant element of this 
tax liability relates to uncertain tax positions. We focused on this 
area due to the size of the amounts involved and level of 
judgement needed to determine the estimated provisions.

We used our tax specialists to assess the level of provisions held 
against various tax exposures and to consider the appropriateness of 
any provisions. In our assessment we had regard to the nature of the 
individual exposures, including their origin, and any developments in 
the year to assess the rationale for their continued validity at the 
current year end. As part of this work we inspected correspondence 
with tax authorities and the Group’s tax advisors. We challenged the 
judgements made by assessing individual provisions against our 
expectations of potential exposures, having regard to the facts of each 
case. No significant issues arose from this work to suggest that the 
judgements made and amounts recorded were inappropriate. 

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the company to communicate in our report.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

As set out on page 2, the Group reports its results as two segments: ‘Europe and North America’ and ‘Asia and the Rest of the World’. The 
Group financial statements are a consolidation of reporting units, being holding companies, intermediate holding companies and operating 
companies, across 17 countries. Three countries, being the UK, Germany and Malaysia, account for the majority for the Group’s results. 
We accordingly focused our work on three of the reporting units in these countries, which were subject to audits of their complete financial 
information. In addition, to increase our coverage of the Group’s revenues and underlying profit before tax we performed audit procedures at 
an additional 10 reporting units located in the UK, Italy, Belgium, Germany, Malaysia, USA, Finland and the Czech Republic. These components 
accounted for 88% of the Group’s revenue, 89% of the Group’s operating profit and 87% of the Group’s underlying operating profit.

Where work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work at those 
reporting units to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole. The key reporting units in the UK, Germany and Malaysia were visited by senior members of the 
Group team during the audit.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  91

Group financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate 
on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£6.5 million (2016: £6.1 million).

£5.0 million (2016: £5.0 million).

5% of underlying profit before tax.

2% of total assets.

We believe that underlying profit before tax, 
being profit before tax adjusted for special 
items, is the principal metric against which 
the Group’s financial performance is 
measured in the Chairman’s and CEO’s 
statements within the financial statements.

We believe that total assets is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the company, 
and is a generally accepted benchmark. This 
has been capped at a level below that of the 
group materiality.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £450,000 and £5,000,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory 
materiality that was less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £325,000 (Group audit) 
(2016: £300,000) and £325,000 (Company audit) (2016: £300,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the directors’ identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to Going 
Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. However, 
because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s and company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

We have nothing to report.

92 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsReporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006, (CA06), ISAs 
(UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described 
below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Report of the Directors
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Report of the 
Directors for the year ended 31 December 2017 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. (CA06)
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did 
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

• The directors’ confirmation on page 67 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 

the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

• The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.
• The directors’ explanation on page 37 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 

they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our review was substantially less in scope 
than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the 
statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the 
statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

• The statement given by the directors, on page 88, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the group and company obtained in the 
course of performing our audit.

• The section of the Annual Report on page 68 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

• The directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006. (CA06)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  93

Group financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities set out on page 88, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The 
directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the directors on 12 July 2012 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2012 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 6 years, covering 
the years ended 31 December 2012 to 31 December 2017.

Matthew Mullins (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
1 March 2018

94 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsConsolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Continuing operations

Revenue

Company and subsidiaries before Special Items

Restructuring and site closure

Sale of business

Sale of land

Gains on foreign exchange contracts  
relating to acquisition

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Company and subsidiaries

Share of joint ventures

Operating profit/(loss)

Interest payable

Interest receivable

IAS 19 interest charge

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

Underlying
performance
 £m

 Note

 2017 

Special
 items 
£m

IFRS
 £m

Underlying 
performance
£m

 2016

Special
 items 
£m

IFRS
 £m

 3 

 3 

 3 

3

 3 

 3 

 19 

 7 

 9 

 9 

 10 

1,480.2

138.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

138.0

1.0

139.0

(5.7)

1.0

(4.7)

(4.3)

(9.0)

130.0

(24.7)

105.3

0.8

104.5

105.3

–

–

(11.6)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(31.0)

(43.6)

–

(43.6)

–

–

–

–

–

(43.6)

13.1

(30.5)

–

(30.5)

(30.5)

1,480.2

 1,045.7 

138.0

(11.6)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(31.0)

94.4

1.0

95.4

(5.7)

1.0

(4.7)

(4.3)

(9.0)

86.4

(11.6)

74.8

0.8

74.0

74.8

 128.2 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

 128.2 

2.0 

130.2 

(4.2)

0.7 

 (3.5)

 (4.5)

 (8.0)

 122.2 

(24.5)

 97.7

 1.5 

 96.2 

 97.7 

– 

– 

1,045.7 

128.2 

(5.2)

4.7 

33.2 

13.1

(4.3) 

(27.0)

14.5 

– 

(5.2)

4.7 

33.2

13.1

(4.3) 

(27.0)

142.7 

2.0 

14.5 

144.7

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

14.5 

9.1 

23.6 

9.4 

14.2 

23.6 

(4.2)

0.7 

(3.5)

(4.5)

(8.0)

136.7 

(15.4)

121.3 

10.9 

110.4 

121.3 

Earnings/(loss) per share 

 – Basic

 – Diluted

13 

13 

30.7p

30.5p

(8.9)p

(8.9)p

21.8p

21.6p

28.3p 

28.1p 

4.2p 

4.2p 

32.5p 

32.3p 

Special Items
The Special Items are shown in more detail in note 3.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2017 

 Note

 26 

 10 

Profit for the year

Actuarial gains and losses

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled on sale of business 

Losses on a hedge of a net investment taken to equity

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently  
to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

2017 

Equity 
holders of 
the parent 
£m

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m

74.0

23.6

2.3

25.9

9.2

–

(7.8)

1.4

27.3

101.3

0.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Equity
 holders of 
the parent
 £m

110.4 

(49.1)

0.9 

(48.2)

47.0 

3.3 

(6.4)

43.9 

(4.3)

 2016

Non-
controlling 
interests
 £m

10.9 

– 

– 

– 

1.2 

– 

– 

1.2 

1.2 

Total 
£m

74.8

23.6

2.3

25.9

9.2

–

(7.8)

1.4

27.3

Total 
£m

121.3 

(49.1)

0.9 

(48.2)

48.2 

3.3 

(6.4)

45.1

(3.1)

0.8

102.1

106.1 

12.1 

118.2

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  95

Group financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Note

26 

At 1 January 2017

Profit for the year

Actuarial gains

Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Loss on a hedge of a net 
investment taken to equity

Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income

10 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid to shareholders

12 

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2017

Share
 capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
 £m

230.5

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Hedging 
and 
translation 
reserve
 £m

0.9

(4.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.2

(7.8)

–

1.4

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings 
£m

65.2

74.0

23.6

–

–

Total 
£m

326.2

74.0

23.6

9.2

(7.8)

2.3

2.3

99.9

(39.1)

–

(0.5)

101.3

(39.1)

–

(0.5)

34.0

230.5

0.9

(3.0)

125.5

387.9

Non-
controlling 
interests
£m

18.0

0.8

–

–

–

–

0.8

–

(0.5)

–

18.3

Total 
equity 
£m

344.2

74.8

23.6

9.2

(7.8)

2.3

102.1

(39.1)

(0.5)

(0.5)

406.2

Total 
 equity 
£m

258.5

121.3

(49.1)

Non-
controlling
interests 
£m

9.1

10.9

–

Total
 £m

249.4

110.4

(49.1)

Retained 
earnings
 £m

32.3

110.4

(49.1)

–

–

–

 Share
 capital
 £m

 34.0

Share 
premium 
£m

230.5

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
 £m

Hedging
 and 
translation 
reserve 
£m

0.9

(48.3)

 –

–

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

–

 –

 –

–

–

–

 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

47.0

3.3

(6.4)

43.9

–

–

–

 34.0

230.5

0.9

(4.4)

47.0

1.2

48.2

 3.3

(6.4)

–

0.9

0.9

62.2

(30.3)

–

1.0

65.2

106.1

(30.3)

–

1.0

326.2

–

–

–

12.1

–

(3.2)

–

18.0

3.3

(6.4)

0.9

118.2

(30.3)

(3.2)

1.0

344.2

At 1 January 2016

Profit for the year

Actuarial losses

Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled 
on sale of business 

Loss on a hedge of a net 
investment taken to equity

26 

Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income

10 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid to shareholders

12 

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2016

96 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsConsolidated balance sheet
as at 31 December 2017

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Acquired intangible assets

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Investment in joint ventures

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total assets

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liability

Post retirement benefit obligations

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Equity 

Called up share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging and translation reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Note

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

15 

16 

17 

18 

11 

19 

20 

21 

22 

329.1

66.2

1.9

322.1

23.3

7.5

750.1

125.1

229.1

89.6

443.8

301.4

54.2

0.2

293.3

19.4

9.0

677.5

104.3

195.7

117.4

417.4

24 

6.8

0.7

1,200.7

1,095.6

22 

25 

10 

27 

22 

25 

11 

26 

27 

28 

(73.1)

(279.3)

(40.2)

(2.4)

(65.4)

(213.5)

(39.0)

(3.0)

(395.0)

(320.9)

(197.0)

(202.3)

(2.3)

(35.4)

(2.7)

(33.1)

(157.2)

(186.7)

(7.6)

(399.5)

406.2

(5.7)

(430.5)

344.2

34.0

230.5

0.9

(3.0)

125.5

387.9

18.3

406.2

34.0

230.5

0.9

(4.4)

65.2

326.2

18.0

344.2

The financial statements on pages 95 to 137 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 1 March 2018. They are 
signed on its behalf by:

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  97

Group financial statementsConsolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December 2017

Operating

Cash generated from operations

Interest received

Interest paid

Net interest paid

UK corporation tax paid

Overseas corporate tax paid

Total tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing 

Dividends received from joint ventures

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Net capital expenditure

Purchase of business

Proceeds from sale of business

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing

Ordinary dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Settlement of equity-settled share based payments

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds of borrowings

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts during the year

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 1 January 

Cash (outflows)/inflows

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Exchange and other movements

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 31 December 

2017

2016

Note

£m

£m

£m

£m

29 

162.6

157.0

0.7 

(4.0)

– 

(17.1)

(45.6)

34.4 

1.0

(5.8)

–

(26.1)

(60.3)

2.2

(4.8)

(26.1)

131.7

2.0

(58.1)

(64.1)

7.6

(112.6)

(39.1)

(0.5)

(3.1)

(102.0)

136.3

(8.4)

10.7

52.0

(28.5)

39.2

63.8 

(19.9)

10.7
2.7

65.4

19 

31 

37

12 

30

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

(3.3)

(17.1)

136.6 

2.1 

(11.2)

(165.8)

12.8 

(162.1)

(30.3)

(3.2)

(0.4)

(82.7)

186.0 

69.4 

43.9 

8.5 

43.9 
(0.4)

52.0 

2016
 £m

136.6

2.1 

(11.2)

(153.0)
(25.5)
(30.3)

(3.2)

(0.4)

(13.5)

(72.9)

Reconciliation of net cash flow from operating activities to movement in net borrowings

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Add back: dividends received from joint ventures

Less: net capital expenditure

Less: net purchase of business

Ordinary dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Settlement of equity-settled share based payments

Exchange and other movements

Increase in net borrowings

98 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Note

19 

12 

30 

30 

2017
 £m

131.7

2.0

(58.1)

(56.5)
19.1
(39.1)

(0.5)

(3.1)

(6.6)

(30.2)

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements
31 December 2017

1  General information
Synthomer plc is a company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act. The address of the registered 
office is given on the inside back cover. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in pounds sterling (functional currency of the parent company).  Foreign operations are 
included in accordance with the policies set out in note 2.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
No new standards have been adopted by the Group for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January 2017.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2017 reporting period and 
have not been early adopted by the Group. The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below:

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 addresses the classification, measurement and de-recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, introduces new rules for 
hedge accounting and a new impairment model for financial assets. This standard is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after 
1 January 2018. 

The Group has reviewed its financial assets and liabilities and expects there to be no material impact arising from the adoption of the new 
standard on 1 January 2018. 

As disclosed in note 23, the Group’s only financial assets are cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables, which will continue to be 
held at amortised cost. There will be no impact on the Group’s accounting for financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the 
accounting for financial liabilities that are designated as fair value through profit or loss, and the Group does not have any such liabilities.

The Group has confirmed that its current hedging relationships will continue to qualify as hedges upon the adoption of IFRS 9.

The new impairment model requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit losses, rather than only incurred 
credit losses as is the case under IAS 39. The Group does not expect any material movement in the loss allowance for trade receivables on 
the adoption of IFRS 9.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The IASB has issued a new standard for the recognition of revenue. This will replace IAS 18 which covers contracts for goods and services 
and IAS 11 which covers construction contracts. The new standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of 
a good or service transfers to a customer. The standard also requires entities to apportion revenue earned from contracts to individual 
performance obligations, based on a five-step model. This standard is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2018. 

The Group has performed a detailed assessment at all major sites, and as a result has concluded that no material impact is expected 
on the accounting of revenue in the Group. No material separate performance obligations are expected, and no material adjustment is 
anticipated to the pattern of revenue recognition. Further work is being done to identify any potential increased disclosure requirements.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016. For lessees, it will result in almost all leases being recognised on the balance sheet, as the distinction 
between operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset (the right-to-use the leased item) and a financial 
liability to pay rentals are recognised. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases. This standard is mandatory for financial 
years commencing on or after 1 January 2019. At this stage, the Group does not intend to adopt the standard before its effective date.

The standard will primarily affect the accounting for the Group’s operating leases, and the Group has undertaken a review to identify all 
leases in each entity. As at the reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of £34.7m (see note 33). 
However, the Group has not yet assessed what other adjustments are required, for example because of the change in definition of lease 
term, and the treatment of extension and termination options. 

Moreover, the standard offers various transitional arrangements which may have an impact on the adjustments required . As the various 
options are still being considered to establish which is right for the Group, an estimate has not yet been made for the amount of right-to-use 
assets and lease liabilities that will have to be recognised on adoption of the new standard, and how this may affect the Group’s income 
statement and classification of cash flows going forward.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or 
future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  99

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

2  Significant accounting policies 
Basis of accounting
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union 
(IFRSs as adopted by the EU), IFRS Interpretations Committee and the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The 
financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments at fair value through the 
Income Statement. As discussed in the Report of the Directors on page 87, the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. 
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company 
(its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved where the Company is exposed, or has rights, to variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective 
date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.

The results of joint ventures are accounted for using equity accounting.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity therein.  
Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination (see below) and the 
non-controlling interest’s share of changes in equity since the date of combination. 

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed 
for impairment at least annually at the cash generating unit level. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the consolidated income 
statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Should the fair value of the identifiable assets exceed the cost of acquisition, a “Bargain purchase”, the excess is credited to the income 
statement immediately on acquisition.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than the 
carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and 
then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. 

On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or 
loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRSs has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being 
tested for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and is not included 
in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

100 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsBusiness combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of completion) of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments 
issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3(2008) are 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except that:

• deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes;
• liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 19 Employee 

Benefits; and

• assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and 

Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the 
Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during 
the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts as of that date.

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, and is subject to a maximum of one year.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held investment is 
re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses from such re-measurement are recognised in the income statement.

Acquired intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired through acquisition are measured at their fair value and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful lives, on the following bases:

Customer relationships  
Technology 

– between 5 and 14 years
– 10 years 

Where necessary the fair value at acquisition and estimated useful lives for these intangible assets are based on independent 
valuation reports.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are not acquired through a business combination are initially measured at cost and amortised on a straight-line 
basis over their estimated useful lives of between 3 and 5 years.

An internally-generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s product development is recognised only if all of the following conditions 
in IAS 38 are met:

• an asset is created that can be separately identified (such as software and new processes);
• it is technically feasible to complete the asset;
• management intends to complete the development;
• there is an ability to use or sell the asset once development has been completed;
• it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits;
• adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development are available; and
• the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

No research or development costs met the criteria required for capitalisation under IAS 38 during the year. Where no internally-generated 
intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  101

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Cost comprises original 
purchase price and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use, including, where appropriate, 
capitalised finance costs. Except for freehold land, which is not depreciated, the cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold land and buildings 
Plant and equipment 

– 50 years
– the lesser of 50 years and the period of the lease
– between 3 and 10 years

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated until the assets are ready for their intended use.

Joint ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially 
recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other 
comprehensive income.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its plant, property and equipment and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of 
the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that 
are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of 
the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate 
of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined 
had no impairment loss been recognised in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Operating leases
Operating lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis to the income statement over the term of the relevant lease. Any benefits 
received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated 
using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and 
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are measured at initial recognition at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement where there is 
objective evidence that the asset is impaired. 

All trade receivables that are factored by third parties are done so on a non-recourse basis. At the point of factoring, the Group forfeits the 
right to future cash flows from these receivables and those amounts are derecognised. The cost of factoring receivables is recognised as 
a finance cost in the period in which the receivable is factored.

102 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsAmortised costs
Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including premiums 
payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis to the income statement using the effective 
interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are measured at initial recognition at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method.

Impairment of financial assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its financial assets to determine whether there is any indication that 
those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

Finance costs
Finance costs of debt are recognised in the income statement over the term of such instruments at an effective interest rate on the carrying 
amount. Finance costs that are directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipment are capitalised as part of the cost 
of those assets in accordance with IAS 23.

Foreign currencies 
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are 
recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities 
that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value 
was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks, the Group enters into forward contracts (see below for details of the 
Group’s accounting policies in respect of such derivative financial instruments). 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet 
date. Income and expense items are translated at the relevant average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are 
classified as equity and transferred to the Group’s translation reserve. Such translation differences are recognised in the income statement in 
the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate. The Group has elected to treat goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisitions before the date of 
transition to IFRSs as sterling-denominated assets and liabilities.

Derivative financial instruments
The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of directors, which provide written principles 
on the use of financial derivatives, as set out in note 23.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, 
including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps and foreign currency options.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a 
negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement immediately unless 
the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the income statement 
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates certain derivatives as either hedges of highly probable forecast 
transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges), or hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain hedging instruments, which include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of 
foreign currency risk, as either cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, 
along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the 
hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly 
effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  103

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss, in the same 
line of the income statement as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in equity and 
is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to 
occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity in the foreign currency translation reserve. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement, and is included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks which become fully liquid within three months or less and 
other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance 
sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests 
in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

104 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsRetirement benefit costs
Current and past service costs in respect of the Group's defined benefit pension schemes are charged to the consolidated income 
statement.

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged to the income statement as they fall due.

Actuarial gains on the defined benefit schemes are recognised in full in each period in which they occur. They are recognised outside of the 
consolidated income statement and are presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually using the projected 
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows 
using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have 
terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation. 

The UK defined benefit scheme is funded, with the assets of the scheme held separately from those of the Group, in separate trustee-
administered funds. For the German schemes, the assets are included within the assets of the respective companies, as permitted under 
local laws. The assets of the other overseas schemes are held separately from those of the Group. 

Provisions
Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties.

Revenue Recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods provided in 
the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes.

Sales are recognised when products are delivered to the customer and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect the customer’s 
acceptance of the products. Delivery occurs when the products have been shipped to the specified location, the risks of obsolescence 
and loss have been transferred to the customer, and either the customer has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, 
the acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the group has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based Payments. 

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period. The Group will on occasion, at its own discretion, settle the share-based payments in cash rather than equity.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  105

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Definitions
Operating profit
Operating profit represents profit from continuing activities before financing costs and taxation. 

EBITDA
EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and Special Items (as defined below).

Special Items
The following are disclosed separately as Special Items in order to provide a clearer indication of the Group’s underlying performance:

•  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;
•  Impairment of non-current assets;
•  Acquisition costs; 
•  Re-structuring and site closure costs;
•  Fair value adjustment – mark to market adjustments in respect of cross currency and interest rate derivatives used for hedging purposes 

where IAS 39 hedge accounting is not applied;

•  Items of income and expense that are considered material, either by their size and/or nature; and   
•  Tax impact of above items. 

These Special Items are either irregular and therefore including them in the assessment of a segment’s performance would lead to a 
distortion of trends or are technical adjustments which ensure the Group’s financial statements are in compliance with IFRS but do not 
reflect the operating performance of the segment in the year.

Underlying performance 
Underlying performance represents the statutory performance of the Group under IFRS, excluding Special Items.

Net cash/(borrowings)
Net cash/(borrowings) represents cash and cash equivalents less short and long term borrowings, as adjusted for the effect of related 
derivative instruments, irrespective of whether they qualify for hedge accounting, non-recourse factoring arrangements and the inclusion 
of financial assets.

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (see below), that the Group has made in the process 
of applying the accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Recognition of deferred tax assets
The Group activities give rise to significant potential deferred tax assets, particularly in respect of the UK pension liability, tax losses and 
accelerated capital allowances. Determination of whether these assets should be recognised requires a high degree of management 
judgement and is dependent on management’s ability to project future earnings from activities that may apply loss positions carried forward 
against future income taxes.

Valuation of goodwill and intangibles on acquisition
Acquired intangibles IFRS 3 (revised) “Business Combinations” requires that goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalised 
and included in intangible assets. IFRS 3 (revised) also requires the identification of other intangible assets at acquisition. The assumptions 
involved in valuing these intangible assets require the use of estimates and judgements, that may differ from the actual outcome. These 
estimates and judgements cover future growth rates, expected inflation rates and the discount rate used. Changing the assumptions 
selected by management could significantly affect the allocation of the purchase price paid between goodwill and other acquired intangibles. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience 
and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of which form the basis of making the 
judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis taking the current and expected future 
market conditions into consideration.

Post retirement benefit obligations
Included in the actuaries’ calculation of the post retirement benefit obligations are a number of assumptions. Any changes in these 
assumptions will impact the carrying value of the obligations. These are shown in detail in note 26.

106 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements 
Current tax liability and deferred tax
The Group annually incurs significant amounts of income taxes payable to various jurisdictions around the world, and it also recognises 
significant changes in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, all of which are based on management’s interpretations of applicable 
laws, regulations and relevant court decisions. The quality of these estimates is highly dependent upon management’s ability to properly apply 
what can be very complex sets of rules and to recognise changes in applicable rules.

3  Special Items
The Special Items are made up as follows:

Continuing operations

Restructuring and site closure

Profit on sale of business

Sale of land 

Gain on foreign exchange contracts relating to acquisition

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating (loss)/profit

(Loss)/profit before taxation from continuing operations

Taxation

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

Note

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

(11.6)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(31.0)

(43.6)

(43.6)

13.1

(30.5)

(5.2)

4.7

33.2

13.1

(4.3)

(27.0)

14.5

14.5

9.1

23.6

24 

16 

10 

The restructuring and site closure costs included £9.0m in relation to the post-acquisition integration of the PAC (Dispersions) business, 
with the majority being attributable to the rationalisation of the Ribécourt (France) site. A further £1.6m comprised the cost of an onerous 
lease on a site closed during 2017, while £0.8m comprised costs for the post-acquisition integration of Speciality Additives.

The profit on sale of business relates to the disposal of our South African business in 2016.

The profit on sale of land in 2017 related to a disposal of land in Hapton, UK. The profit on sale of land in 2016 related to the disposal of 
tranches of Malaysian land.

The gain of £13.1m in 2016 resulted from foreign exchange contracts taken out as a hedge against the US dollar purchase consideration of 
the PAC (Dispersions) acquisition.

Acquisition costs were incurred in relation to Speciality Additives (2016: PAC (Dispersions)) and for other potential acquisitions which will not 
occur, or have not occurred before the balance sheet date. 

The amortisation of intangibles increased during 2017 due to a full year of amortisation for the 2016 PAC (Dispersions) acquisition, the 
intangibles acquired with Speciality Additives and due to foreign currency exchange rate movements.

4  Segmental analysis 
The Group’s Executive Committee, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, examines the Group’s performance and has identified two 
reportable segments of its business:

Europe and North America (ENA)
These markets are well developed and are typically growing in line with GDP.

Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) 
These markets are characterised by growing at rates generally above GDP coupled with an increased penetration of more sophisticated 
products into wider uses.

The Executive Committee primarily uses Underlying operating profit, being operating profit before Special Items, to assess the performance 
of the operating segments. No information is provided to the Executive Committee at the segment level concerning interest income, interest 
expenses, income taxes or other material non-cash items. 

No single customer accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s revenues. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  107

Group financial statements 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

4  Segmental analysis continued
Analysis by activity – Revenue

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Analysis by activity – Operating Profit

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Reported segment operating profit

Unallocated corporate expenses

Operating profit

Analysis by activity

Subsidiaries
Europe & North America
Asia & Rest of the World

Unallocated assets and liabilities

Share of joint ventures
Goodwill 
Acquired intangibles and related deferred tax
Current and deferred taxation
Post retirement benefit obligations
Net borrowings

Net assets

Subsidiaries
Europe & North America
Asia & Rest of the World

Unallocated assets and liabilities

Share of joint ventures
Goodwill 
Acquired intangibles and related deferred tax
Current and deferred taxation
Post retirement benefit obligations
Net borrowings

Net assets

108 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

2017 
£m

1,134.9

345.3

2016 
£m

746.1

299.6

1,480.2

1,045.7

2016

Share of 
joint 
ventures
 £m

–

2.0

2.0

–

2.0

Total 
£m

75.4

81.3

156.7

(12.0)

144.7

2017

Share of 
joint 
ventures 
£m

–

1.0

1.0

–

1.0

Subsidiaries 
£m

77.5

30.2

107.7

(13.3)

94.4

Total 
£m

77.5

31.2

108.7

(13.3)

95.4

Subsidiaries 
£m

75.4

79.3

154.7

(12.0)

142.7

2017

Total 
assets
 £m

Total 
liabilities 
£m

Capital 
expenditure 
£m

Note

Depreciation 
and 
amortisation 
£m

Amortisation
acquired 
intangibles
£m

36.3
24.3
60.6
–
60.6

23.8
13.1
36.9
0.3
37.2

27.3
3.7
31.0
–
31.0

453.9
224.6
678.5
6.5
685.0
10.9
329.1
66.2
23.3
–
–
1,114.5

19 
15 
16 

26 
22 

(205.2)
(71.8)
(277.0)
(14.6)
(291.6)
(3.4)
–
(16.3)
(59.3)
(157.2)
(180.5)
(708.3)
406.2

2016 

Total
 assets 
£m

Total 
liabilities 
£m

Capital
expenditure
 £m

Note

Depreciation 
and 
amortisation
 £m

Amortisation 
acquired 
intangibles
£m

24.8
20.9
45.7

–
45.7

17.9
11.7
29.6

0.3
29.9

21.5
5.5
27.0

–
27.0

380.2
209.9
590.1

4.1
594.2
12.5
301.4
54.2
19.4
–
–
981.7

(143.7)
(67.4)
(211.1)

(13.8)
(224.9)
(3.5)
–
(12.8)
(59.3)
(186.7)
(150.3)
(637.5)
344.2

19 
15 
16 

26 
22 

Group financial statementsAnalysis of total revenue by destination 

UK

Germany

Other Western Europe

Western Europe

Eastern Europe

North America

Malaysia

Other Asia

Africa and Middle East

Rest of the World

2017 
£m

69.4

225.1

483.8

778.3

102.8

94.9

195.3

228.8

58.2

21.9

2016
£m

54.8

158.4

320.4

533.6

63.8

57.4

168.8

155.6

51.9

14.6

1,480.2

1,045.7

Inter-segmental revenue
In addition to the amounts included above, inter-segmental revenue was earned as set out below. This revenue was eliminated on consolidation.

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Total

Europe & 
North
 America 
£m

–

0.8

0.8

2017

Asia & 
Rest of 
World 
£m

16.2

–

16.2

Europe & 
North 
America 
£m

–

0.6

0.6

Total
 £m

16.2

0.8

17.0

2016

Asia & 
Rest of 
World 
£m

12.3

–

12.3

Total 
£m

12.3

0.6

12.9

5  Underlying segmental performance
The IFRS profit measures show the performance of the Group as a whole and as such includes all sources of income and expenses, including 
both irregular items and those that do not relate to the Group’s ongoing businesses. To provide additional clarity on the ongoing trading 
performance of the Group’s businesses, the management uses “Underlying performance” as an alternative performance measure to plan for, 
control and assess the performance of the segments. Underlying performance differs from the IFRS measures as it excludes Special Items.

The definition of Special Items is shown in note 2 and has been consistently applied. Special Items are either irregular, and therefore including 
them in the assessment of a segment's performance would lead to a distortion of trends, or are technical adjustments which ensure the 
Group's financial statements are in compliance with IFRS but do not reflect the operating performance of the segment in the year, or both. 
An example of the latter is the amortisation of acquired intangibles, which principally relates to acquired customer relationships. 
The Group incurs costs, which are recognised as an expense in the income statement, in maintaining these customer relationships. 
The Group considers that the exclusion of the amortisation charge on acquired intangibles from Underlying performance avoids the 
potential double counting of such costs and therefore excludes it as a Special Item from Underlying performance.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  109

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

5  Underlying Segmental performance continued
Reconciliation of Underlying performance to IFRS 

2017

2016

Europe
 & North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Note 

Europe 
& North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Total
£m

Total
£m

Revenue 

Underlying performance 
and IFRS

Operating profit/(loss) – including  
share of joint ventures

1,134.9

345.3

1,480.2

746.1

299.6

1,045.7

Underlying performance

117.1

35.1

(13.2)

139.0

93.3

48.7

(11.8)

130.2

Special Items

Restructuring & site 
closure costs

Profit on sale of business

Sale of land

Gain on foreign 
exchange contracts 
relating to acquisition

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of 
acquired intangibles

IFRS

Finance costs 

Underlying performance

IFRS

Profit before taxation 

Underlying performance

IFRS

Taxation 

Underlying performance

Special Items

Sale of land

Profit on sale 
of business

Restructuring and 
site closure costs

Amortisation of 
acquired intangibles

IFRS

Profit for the year 

Underlying performance

IFRS

16 

9

9

10

10

10 

10 

10

110 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

(11.3)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(11.6)

(4.7)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(27.3)

(39.6)

–

–

–

–

(3.7)

(3.9)

–

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

–

1.3

–

(2.3)

(31.0)

(43.6)

–

–

12.4

(4.1)

(21.5)

(17.9)

(0.3)

4.7

33.2

0.7

(0.2)

(5.5)

32.6

(0.2)

–

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

(5.2)

4.7

33.2

13.1

(4.3)

(27.0)

14.5

77.5

31.2

(13.3)

95.4

75.4

81.3

(12.0)

144.7

(9.0)

(9.0)

130.0

86.4

(24.7)

–

0.4

0.3

12.4

(11.6)

105.3

74.8

(8.0)

(8.0)

122.2

136.7

(24.5)

(1.1)

1.4

1.3

7.5

(15.4)

97.7

121.3

Group financial statements 
 
2017

2016

Europe
 & North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Note 

Profit attributable to 
non-controlling interests 

Underlying performance

Special Items – sale of land

IFRS

Profit attributable to equity 
holders of the parent 

Underlying performance

IFRS

Earnings per share (pence)

Underlying performance

Special Items

IFRS

13

Europe 
& North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Total
£m

0.8

–

0.8

104.5

74.0

30.7p

(8.9)p

21.8p

2017

2016

Europe
 & North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Note 

Profit attributable to 
non-controlling interests 

Underlying performance

Special Items – sale of land

IFRS

Profit attributable to equity 
holders of the parent 

Underlying performance

IFRS

Earnings per share (pence)

Underlying performance

Special Items

IFRS

13

Europe 
& North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Total
£m

0.8

–

0.8

104.5

74.0

30.7p

(8.9)p

21.8p

Total
£m

1.5

9.4

10.9

96.2

110.4

28.3p

4.2p

32.5p

Total
£m

1.5

9.4

10.9

96.2

110.4

28.3p

4.2p

32.5p

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  111

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

6  EBITDA
The Group uses EBITDA as an alternative performance measure as it provides an indication of the level of cash being generated by the 
business from its trading activities in the period by excluding the depreciation and amortisation charges and Special Items. This is also the 
principal profit measure used for the financial covenants in the Group’s debt facilities.

The definition of EBITDA is shown in note 2.

Reconciliation of EBITDA to IFRS

2016

Asia & 
Rest of
 World 
£m

60.4

(11.7)

48.7

32.6

81.3

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
 £m

(11.5)

(0.3)

(11.8)

(0.2)

(12.0)

Total
 £m

160.1

(29.9)

130.2

14.5

144.7

Note

2017
 £m

2016 
£m

1,480.2

1,045.7 

(1,195.4)

284.8

(39.1)

(70.5)

1.0

176.2

(37.2)

139.0

(43.6)

95.4

2017
 £m

31.0

0.8

36.4

4.2

3.1

18.3

19 

Note

16 

17 

18 

(793.1)

252.6 

(32.1)

(62.4)

2.0 

160.1 

(29.9)

130.2 

14.5 

144.7

2016
 £m

27.0 

0.2 

29.7 

2.3 

3.4 

15.0 

Europe
& North 
America 
£m

140.9

(23.8)

117.1

(39.6)

77.5

Note

4 

5 

5 

5 

2017

Asia & 
Rest of
 World 
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
 £m

48.2

(13.1)

35.1

(3.9)

31.2

(12.9)

(0.3)

(13.2)

(0.1)

(13.3)

Total
 £m

176.2

(37.2)

139.0

(43.6)

95.4

Europe
& North 
America 
£m

111.2

(17.9)

93.3

(17.9)

75.4

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit/(loss) – 
Underlying performance

Special Items

Operating profit/(loss) – IFRS

7  Operating profit

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Sales and marketing costs

Administrative expenses

Share of joint ventures

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation – Underlying performance

Operating profit – Underlying performance

Special Items

Operating profit – IFRS

Operating profit is stated after charging the following:

Amortisation: acquired intangibles

Amortisation: other intangibles 

Depreciation

Hire of plant and equipment

Other lease rentals

Research and development expenditure 

112 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements8  Auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for:

audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the consolidated annual financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for other services to the Group:

audit of the Company’s subsidiaries’ annual financial statements

Total audit fees

Audit related assurance services

Tax compliance services

Other taxation advisory services

Other services

Total non-audit fees

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

139

661

800

33

–

24

–

57

167

574

741

34

19

128

97

278

Details of the Company’s policy on the use of auditor for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditor was used rather than another 
supplier and how the auditor’s independence and objectivity was safeguarded are set out in the Audit Committee section of the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 69. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

9  Finance costs

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Less: interest receivable

Pensions – IAS 19 interest charge

Total finance costs

10  Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Overseas tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Special Items

Current tax:

Disposal of land 

Purchase and sale of business

Restructuring and site closure costs

Deferred tax:

Restructuring and site closure costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Total tax on profit before taxation

2017 
£m

5.7

(1.0)

4.7

4.3

9.0

2016
 £m

4.2

(0.7)

3.5

4.5

8.0

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

–

27.1

27.1

(2.4)

24.7

–

(0.4)

(0.3)

(1.0)

(11.4)

(13.1)

11.6

– 

25.0

25.0 

(0.5)

24.5 

1.1

(1.4) 

(1.3)

–

(7.5)

(9.1)

15.4 

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.25% (2016: 20.0%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other jurisdictions 
is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  113

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

10  Taxation continued
Reconciliation of tax expense to profit before taxation
The differences between the total tax expense shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation 
tax to the profit before tax is as follows.

Profit before taxation 

2017
 £m

86.4

2016
 £m

136.7

Tax on profit before taxation at standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.25% (2016: 20.0%)

16.6

27.3 

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax incentives and items not subject to tax

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

Other deferred tax asset not recognised less amounts now recognised

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior periods

Effect of change of rate on deferred tax

Tax charge for year

Tax credits to other comprehensive income

Deferred tax credit in respect of actuarial gains/losses

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

4.3

(8.7)

5.3

(1.5)

(0.1)

(4.3)

11.6

2017 
£m

2.3 

2017 
£m

3.8 

(20.3)

4.2

(0.4)

1.5 

(0.7)

15.4 

2016
£m

0.9

2016
 £m

(40.2))(

(39.0)

The tax incentives and items not subject to tax mainly comprise profits from the Nitrile latex business in Malaysia which benefits from 
pioneer status until 28 February 2020. The effective of change of rate on deferred tax is in relation to the reduction of tax rates in the USA 
and Belgium. 

11  Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets to 
the extent that it is probable that these assets will be recovered. 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below.

Accelerated 
tax
 depreciation
 £m 

Acquired
 intangibles
 £m

(18.8)

(1.0)

2.0

0.1

(17.7)

(12.8)

(14.0)

11.4

(0.9)

(16.3)

Other
 £m

(1.5)

–

0.3

(0.2)

(1.4)

Total 
£m

(33.1)

(15.0)

13.7

(1.0)

(35.4)

Deferred tax liabilities
2017

At 1 January

Purchase of business

Credited to income statement

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

114 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsDeferred tax assets
2017

At 1 January

(Charged)/credited to income statement

Credited to statement of other comprehensive income

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Deferred tax asset not recognised 
The amounts of deferred tax not recognised at the balance sheet dates are as follows:

Pension liability

Tax losses

Accelerated capital allowances

Other timing differences

12  Ordinary dividends

Interim dividend

Proposed final dividend

Pension 
£m

Other
 £m

16.9

(0.6)

2.3

0.3

18.9

2.5

1.7

–

0.2

4.4

2017 
£m

7.0

14.6

2.9

–

24.5

2017 
Pence 
per share

3.7

8.5

12.2

2017
£m

12.6

28.9

41.5

2016
 Pence 
per share

3.5 

7.8 

11.3 

Total 
£m

19.4

1.1

2.3

0.5

23.3

2016
 £m

16.0

7.0

3.3

1.2

27.5

2016 
£m

11.9 

26.5 

38.4 

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability 
in these financial statements.

Dividends paid

Interim dividend

Prior year final dividend

13  Earnings per share
Number of Shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per Share

From Continuing operations

Earnings (Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2017 
£m

12.6

26.5

39.1

2016 
£m

11.9 

18.4 

30.3 

2017
 Number
 000s

2016 
Number
 000s

339,881

339,854 

2,258

2,335 

342,139

342,189 

2017

2016

£m

p

p

74.0

21.8

21.6

110.4 

32.5

32.3 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  115

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

14  Employees

The average monthly number of employees during the year by segment was:

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Holding companies

The aggregate remuneration of all Group employees comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share based payments

Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 70 to 84.

15  Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 January and at 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

2017
 Number

2016 
Number

1,985

1,566 

776

28

732 

28 

2,789

2,326 

2017 
£m

116.3

18.0

8.0

2.8

2016 
£m

93.5 

14.3 

7.0 

2.0 

145.1

116.8 

Note

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

411.3

2.8

24.9

439.0

332.3

25.1

53.9

411.3

31 

109.9

109.9

329.1

301.4

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment at the balance sheet date, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be impaired.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the Cash Generating Units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit 
from that business combination. 

The allocation of the carrying value of goodwill is represented below. 

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Total

Net book 
value at 
1 January 
 2016
 £m

196.8

25.6

222.4

Exchange
adjustments
£m

Purchase of
business 
£m

Net book 
value at
 31 December 
2016 
£m

Exchange 
adjustments
 £m

Purchase of 
business
 £m

Net book 
value at 
31 December
 2017
£m

21.2

3.9

25.1

50.3

3.6

53.9

268.3

33.1

301.4

2.5

0.3

2.8

24.9

–

24.9

295.7

33.4

329.1

The recoverable amounts for CGUs are determined from value in use calculations, based upon discounted cash flows. The key assumptions 
for those discounted cash flow calculations are the discount rate, profitability and growth rate. The discount rate is based on the Group’s 
weighted average cost of capital adjusted, where appropriate, for the risk premium attributable to the particular CGU’s activities and geography 
of operation. Profitability and growth rates are based on past experience combined with management’s expectations for future business 
performance, which is informed by a number of factors including economic growth, internal plans and competitor and customer activity.

116 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsPre-tax discount rates of 11% (2016: 11%) and 12% (2016: 12%) have been used in the above calculations for Europe & North America and 
Asia & Rest of the World respectively. 

The profit used in the cash flows for the first five years is derived from management forecasts; for years six to ten a growth rate is applied.  
Growth rates of 2% (2016: 2%) and 2% (2016: 5%) have been used for Europe & North America and Asia & Rest of the World respectively, 
representing management’s best estimate of each CGU’s circumstances, and these do not exceed the long term growth rates for the 
markets concerned.  The profit for year ten is then assumed to apply without further growth into perpetuity.

The directors consider that there is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would lead to an impairment.

Of the net book value of goodwill at 31 December 2017, £70.5 million (2016: £70.5 million) is located in the UK.

16  Acquired intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Cost 

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

Analysis of net book value by segment: 

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Customer 
Relationships 
£m

Note

Technology 
£m

Supplier
Agreement
£m

31

204.1

7.2

38.9

250.2

151.2

5.7

30.3

187.2

3.0

0.1

–

3.1

1.7

0.1

0.3

2.1

–

0.1

2.5

2.6

–

–

0.4

0.4

Total 
£m

207.1

7.4

41.4

255.9

152.9

5.8

31.0

189.7

63.0

1.0

2.2

66.2

Customer 
Relationships 
£m

Technology
 £m

Supplier
Agreement
£m

156.7 

25.4 

22.0

204.1 

107.2 

17.3 

26.7 

151.2 

2.6 

0.4 

–

3.0 

1.2 

0.2 

0.3 

1.7 

52.9 

1.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017 
£m

62.2

4.0

66.2

Total 
£m

159.3 

25.8 

22.0

207.1 

108.4 

17.5 

27.0 

152.9 

54.2 

2016 
£m

46.5

7.7

54.2

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  117

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

17  Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Cost

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

 £m

1.5

(0.2)

2.5

(0.1)

(0.1)

3.6

1.3

(0.2)

0.8

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.7

1.9

£m

1.9 

0.1

–

(0.5) 

1.5 

1.6 

– 

0.2

(0.5)

1.3 

0.2 

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

As disclosed in note 2, there are various conditions required by IAS 38 for an internally generated intangible asset to be recognised.  As no 
development expenditure in the period met all the requirements, all development costs have been expensed.

118 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements18  Property, plant and equipment

Cost 

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Additions 

Purchase of business

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Reclassification

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Depreciation charge for the year 

Transfer to assets held for sale

Assets written down

Disposals

Reclassification

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Cost 

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Additions 

Purchase of business

Sale of business

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2016

Exchange adjustments

Depreciation charge for the year 

Sale of business

Assets written down

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

Land and buildings

Leaseholds

Freeholds 
£m

Long 
£m

Short
 £m

Plant and
equipment
 £m

Assets under 
construction
£m

80.2

2.2

2.2

5.1

(4.3)

(0.7)

20.2

104.9

24.3

–

5.3

(1.0)

(0.4)

(0.7)

3.8

31.3

6.9

–

0.2

–

–

(0.2)

–

6.9

3.3

–

0.2

–

–

(0.1)

–

3.4

20.4

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

(19.1)

1.2

2.6

–

0.3

–

–

–

(2.6)

0.3

Total 
£m

582.4

12.0

58.1

8.9

(9.7)

(5.6)

–

459.7

9.5

37.5

3.8

(5.4)

(4.7)

(1.1)

15.2

0.4

18.2

–

–

–

–

499.3

33.8

646.1

258.9

4.7

30.6

(2.0)

(1.0)

(1.0)

(1.2)

289.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

289.1

4.7

36.4

(3.0)

(1.4)

(1.8)

–

324.0

73.6

3.5

0.9

210.3

33.8

322.1

Land and buildings

Leaseholds

Freeholds 
£m

37.3 

5.9 

1.9 

37.1 

(0.5)

(1.5)

80.2 

19.9 

2.4 

3.3 

(0.1)

(0.5)

(0.7)

24.3 

Long 
£m

6.8 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Short
 £m

18.0 

2.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6.9 

20.4 

3.1 

– 

0.2 

– 

– 

– 

2.2 

0.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3.3 

2.6 

Plant and
equipment
 £m

Assets under 
construction
£m

393.9 

40.0 

28.5 

30.5 

(4.1)

(29.1)

459.7 

244.4 

20.1 

26.2 

(2.7)

(0.4)

(28.7)

258.9 

–

–

15.2

–

–

–

15.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

456.0 

48.4

45.6 

67.6 

(4.6)

(30.6)

582.4 

269.6 

22.9 

29.7 

(2.8)

(0.9)

(29.4)

289.1 

55.9 

3.6 

17.8 

200.8 

15.2

293.3 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  119

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

18  Property, plant and equipment continued

Freehold land which has not been depreciated.

Analysis of net book value by location: 

UK

Germany

Malaysia

Other

Analysis of net book value by segment:

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

19  Investment in joint ventures
Details of the Group’s joint ventures are as follows:

Name of entity

Place of incorporation

Synthomer Middle 
East 

Saudi Arabia

2017

49%

Arkem (Pty) Ltd

South Africa

0%

2017 
£m

17.4

2017
 £m

39.3

67.5

123.5

91.8

322.1

2017 
£m

192.3

129.8

322.1

2016
 £m

15.4

2016 
£m

35.8

65.2

110.2

82.1

293.3

2016 
£m

175.7

117.6

293.3

% of ownership

2016

49%

Sold on 
11 August 2016  

Principal Activity

Segment

Manufacturer and 
sale of acrylic and 
vinyl resin emulsions

Distributor of 
speciality chemicals 
and allied products

Asia & Rest of 
the World

Asia & Rest of 
the World

Super Sky Ltd

United Kingdom

50%

50%

Non-trading

Unallocated 
corporate expense

These joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these financial statements. 

Summarised financial information in respect of the joint ventures is set out below. This information represents amounts in the joint ventures’ 
financial statements adjusted for differences in accounting policies between the Group and the joint venture (and not the Group’s share of 
those amounts).

Summarised balance sheet (100%)

Non-current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Total current assets

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Net assets

120 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Synthomer Middle East 

Other

2017 
£m

4.6

2.3

14.5

16.8

(7.0)

(7.0)

2016 
£m

5.0

4.0

15.6

19.6

(7.1)

(7.1)

2017 
£m

–

–

0.8

0.8

–

–

2016
£m

 –

 –

0.8

0.8

 –

 –

14.4

17.5

0.8

0.8

Group financial statementsGroup share:

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets (Group share)

Synthomer Middle East

Other

Total

2017 
£m

10.5

(3.4)

7.1

2016 
£m

12.1

(3.5)

8.6

2017
 £m

0.4

–

0.4

2016
 £m

0.4

 –

0.4

2017 
£m

10.9

(3.4)

7.5

2016 
£m

12.5

(3.5)

9.0

Summarised statement of comprehensive income (100%)

Synthomer Middle East

Other

Revenue

Operating profit from continuing operations

Interest

Taxation

Amortisation of intangibles

Profit from continuing operations

Exchange differences on translation

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Movement in retained earnings

Profit for the year (Group share)

Exchange differences on translation (Group share)

Dividends paid (Group share)

2017 
£m

39.6

2016 
£m

38.7 

2.1

3.9 

–

–

–

2.1

(1.1)

1.0

(4.1)

(3.1)

1.0

(0.5)

(2.0)

– 

– 

– 

3.9 

3.2 

7.1 

(3.9)

3.2 

1.9

1.6

(1.9)

2017 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The following table reconciles the summary information above to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures:

Investment in joint venture

2017

2016

At 1 January

Profit from continuing operations

Exchange differences on translation

Disposal of business

Dividend paid

At 31 December

20  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods

Stock written off during the year

Synthomer 
Middle East
£m

8.6

1.0

(0.5)

–

(2.0)

7.1

Other 
£m

0.4

–

–

–

–

0.4

Total 
£m

9.0

1.0

(0.5)

–

(2.0)

7.5

Synthomer 
Middle East 
 £m

7.0

1.9

1.6

 –

(1.9)

8.6

Other
 £m

1.0

0.1

 –

(0.5)

(0.2)

0.4

2017
 £m

54.6

70.5

125.1

0.9

2016
£m

1.6 

0.2 

– 

– 

– 

0.2 

– 

0.2 

(0.4)

(0.2)

0.1

 –

(0.2)

Total
 £m

8.0

2.0

1.6

(0.5)

(2.1)

9.0

2016 
£m

44.4 

59.9 

104.3 

– 

Cost of inventory recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales

1,031.9

665.2 

There is no material difference between the consolidated balance sheet value of inventories and their net realisable value.

The nature of the chemical reaction necessary to produce finished goods from raw materials is such that ‘work in progress’ is not a material 
part of the Group’s inventory at any given point of time. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  121

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

21  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Receivables excluding prepayments

Prepayments

2017
 £m

196.8

28.8

225.6

3.5

229.1

2016 
£m

176.4 

17.4 

193.8 

1.9 

195.7 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Credit risk
Amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based 
on prior experience and their assessment of the current economic environment. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, 
with exposure spread over a large number of customers.

Before accepting a new customer, the Group uses appropriate procedures to assess the potential customer’s credit quality in order to 
set a credit limit.

Ageing of trade receivables

Not yet due

0 – 60 days overdue

61 – 120 days overdue

Over 120 days due

Less: provision for impairment

Provision for impairment of receivables

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Sale of business

Charge for the year

Amounts written off as uncollectible

At 31 December

The provision is against overdue trade receivables.

22  Cash and borrowings

Current borrowings

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

Unsecured £370.0 million multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

Less: capitalised costs

122 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

2017 
£m

167.2

28.6

0.4

2.2

198.4

(1.6)

196.8

2017
 £m

4.1

0.1

–

0.1

(2.7)

1.6

2016
 £m

147.5

28.2

2.5

2.3

180.5 

(4.1)

176.4 

2016 
£m

4.5 

0.4 

(0.2)

0.4 

(1.0)

4.1 

2017
 £m

2016
£m

24.2

65.4 

48.9

73.1

– 

65.4 

197.8

(0.8)

197.0

203.9

(1.6)

202.3 

Group financial statementsBank loans are denominated in a number of currencies and bear interest based on LIBOR or foreign equivalents or government bond rates 
appropriate to the country in which the borrowing is incurred. 

The directors calculate the carrying value of the Group’s borrowings as follows:

Analysis of borrowings at carrying value by currency

Sterling 
£m

US dollar
 £m

Euro 
£m

Other
 £m

Total 
£m

31 December 2017

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

31 December 2016

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

13.2

–

(0.8)

12.4

37.7

–

(1.6)

36.1

5.7

–

–

4.3

215.3

–

5.7

219.6

1.5

52.7

–

54.2

24.1

116.1

–

140.2

1.0

31.4

–

32.4

2.1

35.1

–

37.2

24.2

246.7

(0.8)

270.1

(89.6)

180.5

65.4

203.9

(1.6)

267.7

(117.4)

150.3

Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with financial institutions rated as investment grade.

Capital structure
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return 
to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes 
the cash and borrowings, and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. 

23  Financial instruments
The Group operates procedures designed to reduce or eliminate financial risk and ensure that funds are available for current and future 
needs. The policies are approved by the Board and the use of financial instruments is strictly controlled.

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans (less capitalised costs)

Trade and other payables

2017

2016

Note

21 

22 

Loans and 
receivables
 £m

225.6

89.6

315.2

Fair value 
through 
Profit or 
Loss 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and
 receivables 
£m

193.8

117.4

311.2

Fair value
 through
 Profit or 
Loss 
£m

–

–

–

2017

2016

Derivative 
instruments
in designated 
hedge 
accounting
 £m

–

–

–

–

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
£m

–

–

–

–

Amortised 
cost 
£m

65.4

202.3

216.2

483.9

Note

22 

22 

25 

Amortised 
cost 
£m

24.2

245.9

281.6

551.7

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  123

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

23  Financial instruments continued
Set out below is a comparison by category of book values and fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities.

Fair value of financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of financial liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans 

Trade and other payables

Carrying values at 
31 December

Fair values at 
31 December

Note

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

21 

22 

22 

22 

25 

225.6

89.6

315.2

24.2

245.9

281.6

551.7

193.8

117.4

311.2

65.4

202.3

216.2

483.9

225.6

89.6

315.2

24.2

245.9

281.6

551.7

193.8

117.4

311.2

65.4

202.3

216.2

483.9

Fair values have been obtained from the relevant institutions where appropriate. Where market values are not available, fair values of 
financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash flow at prevailing interest rates and by 
applying year end exchange rates. The carrying amount of short-term borrowings approximates to book value.

The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments are measured using inputs other than quoted prices that are directly or indirectly 
observable, (Level 2 as defined by IFRS 13).

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are market risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for 
managing each of these risks and they are summarised below, together with related disclosure required by IFRS.

Market risk
The Group’s main exposure to market risk is in the form of interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. The policies adopted to address these 
risks are as follows:

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profits and bank borrowings. The Group monitors interest rate trends 
regularly, through discussion with its banks, and fixes interest rates when it is prudent to do so.

Foreign currency risk
When it is efficient to do so, the Group uses currency borrowings, forward contracts and currency swaps to hedge overseas net assets, 
which are predominantly denominated in Euro, US dollar and Malaysian Ringgit. Profit translation exposures are not hedged.

The Group hedges currency transaction exposures at the point of confirmed order, using forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group’s 
policy is, where practicable, to hedge all exposures on monetary assets and liabilities. Consequently, there are no material currency 
exposures to disclose (2016: none).

124 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsThe currency and interest rate exposure of the Group as at 31 December 2017 was:

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Other

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings 

2017

2016

Floating rate 
borrowings 
£m

Fixed rate 
borrowings 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

Floating rate 
borrowings
 £m

Fixed rate 
borrowings
 £m

Total 
borrowings
 £m

12.4

219.6

5.7

32.4

270.1

36.1

140.2

54.2 

37.2 

267.7

–

–

–

–

–

12.4

219.6

5.7

32.4

270.1

(89.6)

180.5

–

–

–

– 

–

36.1

140.2

54.2

37.2

267.7 

(117.4)

150.3

The effective interest rate for the year was 1.7% (2016: 2.1%) 

Sensitivity analysis
The following table illustrates the effect on the income statement and items that are recognised directly in equity that would result from reasonably 
possible movements in UK and US interest rates and in Euro, US dollar and Malaysian Ringgit to sterling exchange rates, before the effect of tax.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

UK interest rate +/- 1.0%

Euro interest rate +/- 1.0%

US interest rate +/- 1.0%

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

Malaysian Ringgit exchange rate -/+ 10%

Euro exchange rate -/+ 10%

US dollar exchange rate -/+ 10%

2017

2016

Income statement

Equity

Income statement

Equity

Underlying
 -/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

Underlying
 -/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

IFRS 
-/+ £m

–

1.9

0.1

–

0.3

0.2

–

1.9

0.1

–

0.3

0.2

–

–

–

–

15.7

4.0

0.4

1.4

0.5

– 

0.4 

0.4

0.4 

1.4 

0.5 

– 

0.4 

0.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8.3 

– 

The interest rate sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative 
instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at 
the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

The foreign currency sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation 
at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign 
operations within the Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the lender or borrower.

Liquidity risk
The objective of the Group is to meet financial commitments as and when they fall due. The Board closely monitors liquidity through 
monthly management accounts.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  125

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

23  Financial instruments continued
At the year end, Synthomer plc had the following principal committed facilities:

Unsecured £370.0 million multi currency  
Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

2017

2016

Facility 
£m

Drawn at 
31 December 

£m

Headroom
 £m

Facility 
£m

Drawn at 
31 December 
£m

Headroom 
£m

370.0

48.9

418.9

197.8

48.9

246.7

172.2

370.0 

203.9 

166.1 

–

–

–

–

172.2

370.0 

203.9 

166.1 

The following table details the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial assets:

Non-interest bearing

Trade and other receivables excluding 
prepayments

Variable interest rate instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

2017

2016

Amount due

Total

Amount due

Total

within 
one year 
£m

between
 1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

after
 5 years
£m

within 
one year 
£m

£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years 
£m

after 
5 years 
£m

£m

225.6

89.6

315.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

225.6

193.8 

89.6

315.2

117.4 

311.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

193.8 

117.4 

311.2 

The following table details the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities: 

2017

2016

Amount due

Total

Amount due

Total

within 
one year 
£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years
 £m

after
 5 years 
£m

within 
one year
 £m

£m

between 
1 and
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years 
£m

after 
5 years 
£m

Non-interest bearing

Trade and other payables

279.3

2.3

Variable interest rate instruments

Bank loans and overdrafts

73.1

352.4

197.0

199.3

24  Assets classified as held for sale

–

–

–

–

–

–

281.6

213.5 

2.7 

– 

270.1

551.7

65.4

278.9 

– 

202.3 

2.7

202.3 

Disposal of Synthomer Leuna 

Freehold land located in

Malaysia

UK

Freehold Land

Assets classified as held for sale

– 

– 

– 

2017 
£m

6.5

0.3

–

0.3

6.8

£m

216.2

267.7 

483.9 

2016 
£m

–

0.3

0.4

0.7 

0.7

The assets held for sale in relation to the disposal of Synthomer Leuna comprise the fixed assets and working capital of Synthomer Leuna 
as at 31 December 2017. As disclosed in note 37, Synthomer Leuna was disposed on 1 January 2018. 

Malaysia
The Group owns agricultural land in Malaysia, which is operated as a palm oil and natural rubber plantation. The land is owned by Kind 
Action Sdn Bhd, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Revertex Malaysia Sdn Bhd, which has a 30% non-controlling interest. The directors 
decided in 2013 to dispose of this land, excluding the 300 acres immediately surrounding the manufacturing facilities, on the open market.

126 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsAt 31 December 2017, the status of the disposal programme was as follows:

Sale completed

Contracts exchanged

To be sold

2017

2016

Acres

–

400

–

400

Consideration 
£m

–

17.1

–

17.1

Acres

1,100

–

400

1,500

The consideration is shown before deduction of disposal costs, taxation and the non-controlling interest share.

For the sales completed in the year, the profit on sale was derived as follows:  

No of acres sold

Gross consideration

Less disposal costs

Less cost of land

2017

–

£m

–

–

–

–

–

Consideration 
£m

41.2

–

–

41.2

2016 

900

£m

34.4

(0.6)

33.8

(0.6)

33.2

These disposals are subject to regulatory approval, which has been secured after the year end. The disposal is only recognised in the 
accounts and the profit taken when this process has been completed and the consideration received, which is expected to take place in the 
second half of 2018. No transactions were completed in 2017.

UK
15 acres of freehold land in Hapton, the site of a former plant, was sold on 27 January 2017 for a consideration of £1.8m and a profit on 
disposal of £1.3m. 

25  Trade and other payables

Amount due within one year

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals 

Amount due after one year

Trade payables

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

202.6

39.7

37.0

279.3

143.2 

28.5 

41.8

213.5

2.3

2.3

2.7 

2.7 

Other payables includes £7.6m in respect of the disposal of Synthomer Leuna (see note 37), where the consolidation was received from the 
purchaser on 28 December 2017, in advance of the date of completion of 1 January 2018. 

Average trade payable days in 2017 was 60 (2016: 71). This figure represents trade payable days for all trading operations within the Group, 
calculated as a weighted average based on cost of sales.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables, other payables and accruals approximates to their fair value.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  127

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

26  Post retirement benefit obligations
Charge/(credit) to income statement in respect of the Group’s pension schemes: 

Defined benefit

Defined contribution

2017

Overseas 
£m

2.5

4.7

7.2

UK 
£m

3.4

1.7

5.1

Total 
£m

5.9

6.4

12.3

2016

Overseas 
£m

(0.8)

7.7

6.9

UK 
£m

3.0

1.6

4.6

Total 
£m

2.2

9.3

11.5

The 2016 overseas column includes two offsetting one-off items. Following a regulatory clarification by the authorities, employers in Germany 
are now required to provide for post retirement disability benefits in funded plans rather than in unfunded arrangements. The Group has 
complied with this by transferring this liability from its unfunded defined benefit plan to a multi-employer funded plan in which it participates. 
The latter, although a defined benefit arrangement, is accounted for on a defined contribution basis as discussed below. Although this transfer 
has no financial impact on the Group, IAS 19 results in a different accounting treatment for the transfer in the two plans. 

• The transfer out of the unfunded plan is treated as a past service credit under defined benefit accounting and as such is included as 

a reduction of £3.9m in the overseas defined benefit charge above.

• The transfer in to the funded plan increases the liabilities of this scheme by the same amount. As this scheme is accounted on a defined 
contribution basis, this additional liability would not be reflected until additional contributions were made. However, an actuarial valuation 
of this scheme has been performed in the year, which concluded that additional contributions were required to address underfunding. 
As a result the overseas defined contribution amount above includes an additional charge of £3.6m.

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

Actuarial gains and losses

2017

Overseas 
£m

1.2

UK
 £m

22.4

Total 
£m

23.6

UK 
£m

(47.2)

Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s defined benefit scheme obligations

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations

2017

UK 
£m

Overseas 
£m

(410.8)

332.5

(78.3)

(89.7)

10.8

(78.9)

Total 
£m

(500.5)

343.3

(157.2)

UK
 £m

(428.4)

315.9 

(112.5)

2016

Overseas
 £m

(1.9)

2016

Overseas 
£m

(83.2)

9.0 

(74.2)

Total 
£m

(49.1)

Total
 £m

(511.6)

324.9 

(186.7)

UK pension schemes
The Group’s UK defined benefit scheme was closed to future accrual in 2009. All pension benefits since that time are provided by way 
of a defined contribution scheme.

The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the companies concerned.

Defined benefit scheme
The UK defined benefit scheme is administered by a separate fund that is legally separated from the Company. 

The trustees of the pension fund are required by law to act in the interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. 
The trustees of the pension are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the fund.

A full actuarial valuation was carried out as at 6 April 2015 and updated to 31 December 2017 by a qualified actuary.

The Group is committed to a funding deficit recovery plan entered into following the 2015 valuation. This valuation indicated a shortfall, 
when measured against the scheme’s technical provisions of £118.7m. This shortfall is expected to be eliminated in eight years following 
the valuation date. As a result the Group is committed to paying contributions for the period 6 April 2015 to 5 April 2023, increasing from 
£14.0m for the year commencing 6 April 2015 to £18.2m for the year commencing 6 April 2022.

128 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsThe scheme is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

Asset return risk 

Interest rate risk

Longevity risk

The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets 
underperform this yield, this will increase the deficit. The scheme holds a significant proportion of equities which 
are expected to outperform corporate bonds on the long term while providing volatility and risk in the short term. 

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase 
in the value of the plan’s bond holdings. 

The majority of the plan’s obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life 
expectancy will result in an increase in the plan’s liabilities. 

The risk relating to benefits to be paid to the dependants of scheme members (widow and orphan benefits) is re-insured by an external 
insurance company.

The major assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Rate of increase in pensions in deferment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

2017

2.00%

2.00%

2.50%

3.10%

2016

2.10%

2.20%

2.70%

3.20%

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics. These assumptions translate 
into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at 65 as follows:

Retiring today:

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years:

Males

Females

2017
years

87.2

89.1

88.7

90.6

2016
years

87.6

90.2

89.5

92.1

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount rate and mortality. The sensitivity 
analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period 
assuming that all other assumptions are held constant:

Assumption

Discount rate

Rate of mortality

Change in assumption

Increase/decrease by 1%

Increase by 1 year

Impact on scheme liabilities

Decrease/increase by £63m

Increase by £18m

The above sensitivities are based on a change of assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, 
and changes in some of the assumptions may have some correlation. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to 
significant actuarial assumptions, the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit 
method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the balance sheet. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  129

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

26  Post retirement benefit obligations continued
The movements in the net liability arising from defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

At 1 January

Current service cost

Interest (expense)/income

Amounts recognised in income in respect  
of defined benefit schemes 

Remeasurement:

Return on plan assets excluding amounts  
included in interest income

Gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions 

Amounts recognised in the statement of  
comprehensive income

Contributions:

Employers

Payments from plans

Benefit payments

At 31 December

Plan assets are comprised as follows:

Hedge funds

Equity instruments

Debt instruments

Property

Cash

Total fair value of assets

2017

2016

Present
value of
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value 
of scheme 
assets 
£m

Present
value of
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value 
of scheme 
assets 
£m

(428.4)

315.9

(112.5)

(356.5)

279.4 

(77.1)

(0.5)

(11.3)

(11.8)

–

7.1

7.1

0.5

–

8.4

8.4

(0.5)

(2.9)

(0.3)

(13.3)

– 

10.6 

(3.4)

(13.6)

10.6 

(0.3)

(2.7)

(3.0)

15.3

–

15.3

7.1

– 

(73.9)

26.7 

– 

26.7 

(73.9)

15.3

22.4

(73.9)

26.7 

(47.2)

14.7

15.2

0.3 

14.5 

14.8 

21.8

(410.8)

(21.8)

332.5

–

(78.3)

15.3 

(428.4)

(15.3)

315.9 

– 

(112.5)

2017 
£m

39.6

69.6

208.8

10.0

4.5

332.5

2016 
£m

–

146.7 

140.5 

27.4 

1.3 

315.9

All investments in Equities, Bonds and Property are quoted.

The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 16.5 years (2016: 16.5 years).

Contributions from the sponsoring companies are expected to be £15.5 million in 2018.

Overseas pension schemes
The Group operates a number of smaller overseas pension and post-retirement schemes. The assets of these schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group, with the exception of the unfunded German schemes (net liability £72.1m, 2016: £69.6m) where in line with 
common practice, the assets are held within the respective companies.

130 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statementsDefined benefit schemes
The aggregated pension disclosure below for the overseas defined benefit schemes has been compiled from a number of actuarial 
valuations at 31 December 2017.

The largest of these schemes accounts for £68.5m (2016: £66.2m) of the deficit at 31 December 2016. The major assumption used in the 
actuarial valuation of this scheme are:

Rate of increase in salaries 

Rate of increase in pensions

Discount rate 

Mortality assumptions:
The assumed life expectations on retirement at age 65 are:

Retiring today:

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years:

Males

Females

2017 

 2016 

3.00%

1.75%

1.90%

3.00%

1.75%

1.90%

2017
years

84.3

88.3

86.9

90.8

 2016 
years

84.1 

88.2 

86.8 

90.7 

The major assumptions used in the valuation of the other overseas schemes do not differ significantly from the above.

The movements in the net liability arising from defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

At 1 January

Current service cost

Past service credit

Interest (expense)/income

Amounts recognised in the income statement  
in respect of defined benefit schemes 

Remeasurement:

Return on plan assets excluding amounts included  
in interest expense/(income)

Gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions 

Amounts recognised in the statement  
of comprehensive income

Contributions less payments from plans

Obligations of acquired entities

Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

Present 
value of 
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

(83.2)

(1.1)

–

(1.6)

(2.7)

–

1.3

1.3

2.3

(4.2)

(3.2)

(89.7)

2017

2016

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value
 of scheme 
assets 
£m

Present 
value of 
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value
 of scheme 
assets 
£m

9.0

–

–

0.2

0.2

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

1.5

0.4

10.8

(74.2)

(69.3)

7.2 

(62.1)

(1.1)

–

(1.4)

(2.5)

–

1.2

1.2

2.1

(2.7)

(2.8)

(78.9)

(0.9)

3.5 

(2.0)

0.6 

– 

(2.3)

(2.3)

1.9 

(3.7)

(10.4)

(83.2)

– 

– 

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

– 

0.4 

– 

– 

1.2 

9.0 

(0.9)

3.5 

(1.8)

0.8 

0.4 

(2.3)

(1.9)

1.9 

(3.7)

(9.2)

(74.2)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  131

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

26  Post retirement benefit obligations continued
Multi-employer schemes
In addition to the overseas defined benefit schemes included in the above, the Group participates in the Degussa Pensionskasse in Germany, which is 
a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme.  Regular contributions are payable to the scheme by each participating employer for new benefits 
accruing.  The assets of all participating employers are pooled, and contributions are calculated based on aggregated demographic experience, 
therefore sufficient information is not available to identify the Group’s share of the assets on a consistent and reliable basis and the Group accounts 
for the scheme on a defined contribution basis.  The Group expects to make regular contributions of £2.3m to the scheme in 2018. 

To the extent that there is underfunding in the scheme, deficit contributions are payable.  Based on the latest actuarial assessment each 
participating employer’s share has been determined according to the value of its future benefit accrual and it has been determined that the 
Group is liable for total deficit contributions of €4.6m in three installments payable in January 2017, 2018 and 2019.  As a result an accrual of 
£2.7m (2016: £3.6m) has been included at 31 December 2017 representing the present value of these contributions not yet paid.

27  Provisions for other liabilities and charges

At 1 January 2017

Charged/(credited) to the income statement

Utilised during the year

At 31 December 2017

Analysis of Provisions

Non-current

Current

Analysis of charge/(credit) to the income statement

Underlying performance

Special Items

Environmental 
restoration 
£m

Legal and 
customer 
claims 
£m

1.5

–

(0.9)

0.6

3.1

–

(0.6)

2.5

Liability
 arising on
 a business 
combination 
£m

0.4

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.2

Restructuring 

£m

3.7

4.1

(1.1)

6.7

Total
 £m

8.7

4.0

(2.7)

10.0

31 December 
2017 
£m

31 December 
2016
 £m

7.6

2.4

10.0

2017 
£m

–

4.0

4.0

5.7 

3.0 

8.7 

2016 
£m

(0.5) 

0.8 

0.3 

Environmental restoration
A provision is recognised for the costs to be incurred in the restoration of land which is no longer being used as a manufacturing site.

Legal and customer claims
This amount represents a provision for certain legal and customer claims brought against the Group. In the directors’ opinion, after taking appropriate 
legal advice, the outcome of these claims will not give rise to any significant loss beyond the amounts provided at 31 December 2017.

Restructuring
The "Synthomer 2015" restructuring exercise was commenced in 2014. In 2017 the Group provided for an onerous lease on the site in 
Osset, and as part of the post PAC (Dispersions) acquisition restructuring programme, the Group has planned the demolition of buildings 
at the site in Ribécourt, France. The cost of all these restructuring programmes is charged to the income statement when permitted by 
the Group's accounting policy, within Special Items. The provision reflects the amount that has been charged but not yet spent.

Liability arising on a business combination
As part of the acquisition of PolymerLatex in 2011, the Group acquired a leasehold interest in an empty property. The provision reflects this 
onerous contract.

The provisions are expected to be fully utilised over the next five years.

132 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements28  Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid

339,880,769 (2016: 339,880,769) ordinary shares of 10 pence each

Ordinary shares carry no right to fixed income. 

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

 34.0

34.0 

Share options (see note 35)
The outstanding share options were all issued under the Executive share option scheme. These are discussed further in note 35 – Share 
Based Payments. 

As at 31 December 2017 the following options were outstanding:

Executive share options

Exercisable between 2016-2023

Exercisable between 2017-2024

Exercisable between 2018-2025

Exercisable between 2019-2026

Exercisable between 2020-2027

The total exercise price for all the above grants is £nil.

29  Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations

Operating profit – continuing operations

Less: share of profits of joint ventures

Adjustments for:

Depreciation 

Amortisation 

Amortisation – Special Items

Restructuring and site closure – Special Items

Share-based payments

Profit on sale of land – Special Items

Gain on foreign exchange contracts relating to acquisition

Acquisition costs – Special Items

Profit on sale of business – Special Items

Cash impact of restructuring and site closure

Cash impact of FX relating to purchase of business

Cash impact of acquisition costs

IAS 19 interest charge

Pension funding in excess of IAS 19 interest charge

Movement in working capital

Cash generated from operations

Reconciliation of movement in working capital

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Movement in working capital

Number

11,879

38,287

1,045,219

641,428

520,958

2,257,771

2017
 £m

95.4

(1.0)

94.4

36.4

0.8

31.0

11.6

2.8

(1.3)

–

2.3

–

(6.0)

–

(2.1)

(4.3)

(12.5)

9.5

2016
 £m

144.7

(2.0)

142.7

29.7

0.2

27.0

5.2

2.0

(33.2)

(13.1)

4.3

(4.7)

(5.5)

13.1

(4.0)

(4.5)

(12.4)

10.2

162.6

157.0

(13.3)

(24.0)

46.8

9.5

(13.3)

(13.5)

37.0

10.2

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  133

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

30  Analysis of changes in net borrowings

Current borrowing – Bank overdrafts

Current borrowings – Other

Non-current borrowings

Total borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds of borrowings

1 January 
2017 
£m

Cash inflows/
(outflows) 
£m

Exchange 
and other
movements
 £m

31 December 
2017
 £m

(65.4)

–

(202.3)

(267.7)

117.4

(150.3)

39.2

(48.5)

14.2

4.9

(28.5)

(23.6)

2.0

(0.4)

(8.9)

(7.3)

0.7

(6.6)

2017
£m

(102.0)

136.3

34.3

(24.2)

(48.9)

(197.0)

(270.1)

89.6

(180.5)

2016
£m

(82.7)

186.0

103.3

31  Purchase of business
The Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Perstorp Oxo Belgium AB, (a specialities chemical company) on 5 March 2017, 
to complement the Group's existing markets and customers. 

The Consideration paid in respect of this acquisition and the fair value of Net Assets acquired is summarised as follows:

Net assets acquired

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax liabilities

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Post retirement benefit obligations

Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

Satisfied by

Cash consideration

Cash flow

Cash consideration

Net (cash)/overdraft acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Perstorp Oxo Belgium represents the premium the Group paid to acquire a company which 
complements the existing business and creates significant opportunities for cross-selling and other synergies.

Acquisition costs expensed in 12 months to 31 December 2017:

Other costs

134 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

 £m

41.4

8.9

(15.0)

5.6

5.7

2.0

(3.9)

(2.7)

42.0

24.1

66.1

66.1

66.1

(2.0)

64.1

£m

0.5

0.5

Group financial statementsIn the period from acquisition to 31 December 2017 Perstorp Oxo Belgium contributed the following to the Group’s results:

Revenue of:

Operating profit of:

£m

26.7

3.7

If the acquisition of Perstorp Oxo Belgium had been completed on the first day of the financial year, the following would have been included 
in the Group’s result:

Revenue of:

Operating profit of:

£m

31.9

4.6

During the year, the Group reassessed the fair value adjustments made in respect of the PAC (Dispersions) acquisition on 30 June 2016, 
and made changes to certain accruals during the first half of the year. The impact on goodwill is an increase of £0.8m.

32  Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not included 
in this note. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are disclosed in the Company’s financial statements where appropriate.

The UK defined benefit scheme is a related party, see note 26.

Key management compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post retirement benefit obligations

Share-based payments

The key management figures given above include the directors and members of the Executive Committee.

33  Commitments

Capital expenditure authorised but not provided for in the financial statements

Contracted

Commitments under operating leases are as follows

Payments under operating leases which fall due:

Within 1 year

Between 2 and 5 years

After 5 years

2017
 £m

5.3

0.4

2.0

7.7

2016
 £m

4.9 

0.4

1.0 

6.3

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

23.7

16.7 

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

5.1

10.7

18.9

34.7

3.1 

10.5 

15.4 

29.0 

Operating leases relate largely to property leases.

34  Contingent assets, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Group amount to £0.0m (2016: £0.0m).

The Company and its subsidiaries have, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees and counter-indemnities in respect 
of performance bonds, relating to the Group’s own contracts.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  135

Group financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2017

35  Share-based payments
Executive share option schemes
The Group’s share option scheme is described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 70 to 84. In addition to the two executive 
directors, it is available to other senior management. The movement in the options held under the scheme are defined as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted 
av. exercise 
price (£) 
2017
number

Options 
2017
number

Weighted 
av. exercise 
price (£) 
2016
number

Options 
2016
number

2,334,899

– 2,615,192 

520,958

(568,032)

(30,054)

2,257,771

50,166

–

–

–

641,428 

(244,777)

(676,944)

– 2,334,899 

–

17,796 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

For options outstanding as at 31 December 2017, the exercise price was £nil and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 4.73 
years (2016: 5.0 years).

The Synthomer Employee Benefit Trust
The Company established a trust, formerly the Yule Catto Employee Benefit Trust, on 17 July 1996 to distribute shares to employees 
enabling the obligations under the Yule Catto Longer-Term Performance Share Plan and the Yule Catto Longer-Term Deferred Bonus Plan 
to be met. The Trust is managed by the RBC Trustees (Guernsey) Limited, an independent company located in Guernsey. 

At 31 December 2017, the Trust held 249 (2016: 26,794) ordinary shares in the Company with a market value of £nil (2016: £0.1 million). 

The dividends on these shares have been waived. All of the shares are under option. Costs are amortised over the life of the plans.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £4.70 (2016: £3.56).

The weighted average fair value of the options at the measurement date granted during the year was £2.97 (2016: £1.84). The valuation 
was based on the following inputs and assumptions:

Weighted average share price (£)

Option price (£)

Value of optionality

Vesting assumption

2017

5.03

–

nil

59%

2016

3.67 

– 

nil

50%

Given the option price is £nil, the only circumstance in which a vested option will not be exercised is if the current share price is £nil. There is 
some value associated with the timing of when the exercise would be made but this is considered to be minimal and therefore this has not 
been modelled.

The vesting assumption is the estimate at the measurement date of the percentage of the options that will ultimately vest and is based on 
management’s assessment of the likelihood of achievement of the performance criteria.

36  Share price information
The middle market value of the listed ordinary shares at 31 December 2017 was 491.4 pence (31 December 2016: 382.6 pence). During the 
year, the market price ranged between 372.0 pence and 509.5 pence. The latest ordinary share price is available on the Group’s website 
www.synthomer.com.

136 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Group financial statements37  Post balance sheet events 
Purchase of business
On 31 January 2018 the Group acquired the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR business for a total consideration of £25.7m.

Net assets acquired 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories

Trade and other payables 

Post retirement benefit obligations 

Provisional fair value of net assets acquired 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by 

Cash consideration 

Book and 
Provisional 
Fair Value
£m

4.8

2.2

(0.6)

(0.7)

5.7

20.0

25.7

25.7

International Financial Reporting Standard 3 "Business Combinations" (revised 2008) requires the assets acquired to be initially recorded 
at Fair Value at the date of acquisition. Any such Fair Value adjustments are provisional and will be finalised within twelve months of the 
acquisition date. Any resulting changes in the fair values may have an impact on the depreciation from the date of acquisition and would 
be recorded in the financial statements.

Due to the short period of time since acquisition, neither a preliminary assessment of intangible assets nor the Property Plant and Equipment 
(PPE) valuation had been completed at the date of these financial statements. When the final valuation work is concluded, a substantial 
increase is anticipated in PPE, intangible assets and associated deferred tax liabilities, along with a corresponding reduction in goodwill. 

The acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR business was completed on 31 January 2018. The acquired business has therefore not 
contributed to the results of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2017. Sufficient information is not currently available to disclose 
the contribution to the Group if the acquisition had been made on 1 January 2017. 

Sale of business
On 1 January 2018, the Group disposed of 100% of the share capital of Synthomer Leuna GmbH for £7.6m. The net assets of Synthomer 
Leuna GmbH of £6.5m were transferred to assets held for sale prior to disposal. 

38  Audit exemptions 
The following subsidiaries have taken advantage of the exemption from an audit for the year ended 31 December 2017 available under 
s479A of the Companies Act 2006 as the Company has given a statutory guarantee of all of the outstanding liabilities of these subsidiaries 
as at 31 December 2017:

Company

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

S.A.(300) Limited

Super Sky Limited

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Polymerlatex Limited

Company Registration

01763129

00978441

00778831

00236227

02021871

06349474

04541637

05516912

05516913

00831113

03439041

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  137

Group financial statements 
Statement of financial position – Synthomer plc
31 December 2017

Fixed assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiaries

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Borrowings

Other creditors

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year

Borrowings

Net assets

Equity

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Revaluation reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total shareholders funds

Analysis of net borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings due in less than one year

Borrowings due after more than one year

Net borrowings

Note

2017
 £m

2016 
£m

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

2.1

337.5

339.6

709.2

35.3

744.5

(63.7)

(215.2)

(278.9)

465.6

805.2

8 

(157.8)

11 

647.4

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

381.2

647.4

35.3

(63.7)

(157.8)

(186.2)

8 

2.2 

285.2 

287.4 

741.9 

3.9 

745.8 

(39.3)

(171.1)

(210.4)

535.4 

822.8 

(158.5)

664.3 

34.0 

230.5 

0.8 

0.9 

398.1 

664.3 

3.9 

(39.3)

(158.5)

(193.9)

As disclosed in note 3, the Company's profit for the year was £22.7m (2016: £28.6m)

The notes on pages 140 to 149 are an integral part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements of Synthomer plc (registered number 98381) on pages 138 to 149 were authorised for issue by the Board of 
directors on 1 March 2018.

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

138 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Company financial statementsCompany statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2017

At 1 January 2017

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share based payments

Total transactions with owners,  
recognised directly in equity

Balance as at 31 December 2017

Balance as at 1 January 2016

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share based payments

Total transactions with owners,  
recognised directly in equity

Balance as at 31 December 2016

Called up
share
 capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
account
£m

230.5

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
 £m

0.8

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

Retained
 earnings 
£m

398.1

22.7

22.7

(39.1)

(0.5)

(39.6)

381.2

Total equity
£m

664.3

22.7

22.7

(39.1)

(0.5)

(39.6)

647.4

34.0 

230.5 

0.8 

0.9 

398.8

665.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

34.0 

230.5 

0.8 

0.9 

28.6 

28.6

(30.3)

1.0 

28.6 

28.6

(30.3)

1.0 

(29.3)

398.1 

(29.3)

664.3 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  139

Company financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements 
31 December 2017

1  Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements of Synthomer plc have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (FRS 101). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of land 
and buildings and derivative financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement, and in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on industry experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The directors have reviewed the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements. The directors do not believe 
that there is a significant risk which would lead to material adjustments to the carrying value of any assets and liabilities in the next financial 
year due to changes on estimates or assumptions.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, in accordance 
with FRS 101:

• IAS 7, ‘Statement of cashflows’;
• The requirements in IAS24, ‘Related party disclosures’ to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more members 

of a group;

• IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’;
• Paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’ (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement 

of assets and liabilities; and

• Paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payment’ (details of the number and weighted-average exercise prices of share 

options, and how the fair value of goods or services received was determined).

Going concern
The Company meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings. After making enquiries and 
taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance the Directors have concluded that the Company should be able 
to operate within the level of its current cash reserves and borrowings and continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
The Company therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in ‘Pounds Sterling’ (£), which is also the 
Company’s functional currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions 
or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income 
statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges. All other foreign exchange gains and 
losses are presented in the income statement within ‘Other operating income’.

Property, plant and equipment
Properties are shown at professional valuation from 1985. All other plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost includes the original 
purchase price of the asset plus the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as 
Revaluation reserve in shareholders’ funds. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged in other comprehensive 
income and debited against Revaluation reserve; all other decreases are charged to the income statement. Each year the difference 
between depreciation based on the revalued carrying amount of the asset charged to the income statement, and depreciation based 
on the asset’s original cost is transferred from ‘Revaluation reserve’ to ‘Retained earnings’.

140 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Company financial statementsExcept for freehold land, which is not depreciated, the cost or valuation of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line 
basis over their expected useful lives as follows:

Freehold buildings – 50 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures
Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are shown at cost less provision for impairment.

Intercompany
Intercompany balances are shown gross unless a right of set off exists. Balances are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable 
on demand.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using 
the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Financial instruments
All financial assets and liabilities are initially measured at transaction price (including transaction costs), except for those financial assets 
classified as at fair value through the income statement, which are initially measured at fair value. Financial assets and financial liabilities 
(including derivative instruments) are recognised on the Company statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are only offset in the balance sheet when, and only when, there exists a legally enforceable right to set off the 
recognised amounts and the Company intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Financial assets are derecognised, when and only when, a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or are 
settled, b) the Company transfers to another party substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, or c) the 
Company, despite having retained some significant risks and rewards of ownership, has transferred control of the asset to another party 
and the other party has the practical ability to sell the asset in its entirety to an unrelated third party and is able to exercise that ability 
unilaterally and without needing to impose additional restrictions on the transfer.

Financial liabilities are derecognised only when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are measured at initial recognition at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement where there is 
objective evidence that the asset is impaired. 

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accrual basis to the income statement 
using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the 
period in which they arise.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are measured at initial recognition at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortisation cost using the 
effective interest rate method. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  141

Company financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2017

1  Accounting policies continued
Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments
The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, including 
cross currency interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at each statement of financial position date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a 
derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the 
income statement depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Company designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges.

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of directors, which provide written principles 
on the use of financial derivatives.

Fair value hedge accounting
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together 
with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The Company only applies fair value 
hedge accounting for foreign currency exposure associated with the underlying hedged item. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective 
portion is also recognised in the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

Borrowings
Borrowings represents short-and long-term borrowings, as adjusted for the effect of related derivative instruments irrespective of whether 
they qualify for hedge accounting.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are capitalised as pre-payment for liquidity service and amortised over the term of the facility.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Financial guarantees
The Company issues guarantees in respect of bank and other facilities of subsidiaries and joint ventures.

2  Auditors’ remuneration
The audit fee of Synthomer plc amounted to £10,000 (2016: £10,000).

3  Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Attributable to Synthomer Plc 

2017 
£m

22.7

2016
 £m

28.6 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 no profit and loss account is presented for Synthomer plc.

142 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Company financial statements4  Ordinary dividends

Interim dividend 

Proposed final dividend

2017 
Pence per 
share

2016
 Pence per 
share

3.7

8.5

3.5 

7.8 

2017
 £m

12.6

28.9

2016
 £m

11.9 

26.5 

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability 
in these financial statements.

5  Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017

At cost

At professional valuation in 1985

Accumulated Depreciation

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2016

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

At cost

At professional valuation in 1985

Accumulated Depreciation

At 1 January 2016

Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

Land and 
buildings

Freeholds 
£m

2.8

2.8

–

2.8

2.8

0.6

0.1

0.7

2.1

2.8 

– 

2.8 

– 

2.8 

2.8 

0.6 

– 

0.6 

2.2 

Properties included at valuation would have been stated on a historical cost basis at cost of £1.9m (2016: £1.9m) and depreciation of £0.6m 
(2016: £0.5m).

Freehold land amounting to £1.8m (2016: £1.8m) has not been depreciated.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  143

Company financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2017

6  Investments

Cost

At 1 January 2017

Additions

Hedge adjustment (see below)

At 31 December 2017

Provisions

At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2016

Subsidiaries
 £m

Joint 
ventures
 £m

Total 
£m

284.9

44.5

7.8

337.2

0.5

285.4

–

–

44.5

7.8

0.5

337.7

–

–

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

337.2

0.3

337.5

284.9 

0.3 

285.2 

Details of the Group's subsidiaries and joint ventures are given on page 147 to 149.

During the year the Company designated up to €232.5m (2016: €158.4m) of its borrowings as an FRS 101 fair value hedge against the 
designated Euro portion of its investment in Synthomer Jersey Limited of up to €232.5m (2016: €158.4m). The movement in the Euro 
borrowings is recorded in the profit and loss account along with the movement of the hedged investment. 

Directors consider the value of investments to be supported by underlying assets.

7  Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Other receivables

Amounts owed by group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception.

2017 
£m

708.6

0.6

709.2

2016 
£m

741.8 

0.1 

741.9 

144 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Company financial statements8  Borrowings

Current borrowings

Overdrafts

Bank loans

Committed unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

Committed unsecured £370.0 million multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

Less: capitalised costs

2017
 £m

2016 
£m

14.8

39.3 

48.9

63.7

–

39.3 

158.6

158.6

(0.8)

157.8

160.1

160.1 

(1.6)

158.5 

Bank loans are denominated in Euro and Czech koruna and bear interest based on LIBOR and EURIBOR. 

At 31 December 2017, the Company had available £172.2m (2016: £166.1m) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which 
all conditions precedent had been met.

Analysis of borrowings at carrying value by currency
The directors calculate the carrying value of the Company’s borrowings as follows:

31 December 2017

Bank loans and overdrafts

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings (IFRS and underlying performance)

31 December 2016

Bank loans and overdrafts

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings (IFRS and underlying performance)

Sterling
 £m

US dollar 
£m

Euro 
£m

Total 
£m

9.5

(0.8)

8.7

5.3

–

5.3

207.5

–

207.5

20.3 

(1.6)

18.7 

53.6 

125.5 

– 

– 

53.6 

125.5

222.3

(0.8)

221.5

(35.3)

186.2

199.4 

(1.6)

197.8 

(3.9)

193.9 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  145

Company financial statementsCompany financial statements

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2017

9  Financial instruments
The fair value of financial instruments has been disclosed in the Company’s statement of financial position as:

Fair value of financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of financial liabilities

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade and other payables

2017

Fair value 
through
 Income
 Statement 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

708.6

35.3

743.9

Loans and 
payables at 
amortised
 cost
£m

Fair value 
through
 Income 
Statement
 £m

221.5

215.2

436.7

–

–

–

2016

Fair value 
through
 Income
 Statement 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

741.9

3.9

745.8

Loans and 
payables at 
amortised
 cost
£m

Fair value 
through
 Income 
Statement
 £m

197.8

171.1

368.9

–

–

–

Total 
carrying
 value
 £m

708.6

35.3

743.9

Total 
carrying 
value
 £m

221.5

215.2

436.7

Total 
carrying
 value
 £m

741.9

3.9

745.8

Total 
carrying 
value
 £m

197.8

171.1

368.9

A fuller description of financial instruments is included in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements on page 123.

10  Other creditors

Amount due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

213.0

169.3 

0.8

1.4

0.7 

1.1 

215.2

171.1 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on demand.

11  Called up share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital and outstanding share options are shown in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements on 
page 133.

12  Related party transactions
The Company has elected to take the allowable exemption in terms of FRS 101 to not disclose transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries.

13  Guarantees and other financial commitments
The Company has given guarantees amounting to £55.7m (2016: £31.4m) in respect of bank and other facilities of subsidiaries and joint 
ventures.

14  Share-based payments
For details of share-based payments please refer to note 35 to the consolidated financial statements on page 136.

15  Employees
The Company had no employees during the year (2016: nil).

146 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

16  Subsidiaries and joint ventures

Company

Desa Baiduri Sdn Bhd

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited

Trading/
Non-Trading

Non–Trading 
(Letting of 
Properties)

Non–Trading

Non–Trading

Fine Chemicals Sdn Bhd

Non-Trading

Effective
Group 
interest in
Equity 
%

70

Place of 
incorporation

Malaysia

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

1003

Malaysia 

70 

Registered Address

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields,
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

Non–Trading

Temple Fields, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Holliday Pigments Limited

Non–Trading

Kind Action (M) Sdn Bhd

PAC Chemical (Shanghai) Co Limited 
(in the process of de-registration)

Trading

Trading

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Room 326, 3rd Floor, Building No.3, 
No.500 Bingke Road, 
Shanghai Free Trade Zone

Polymerlatex Ltd

Non–Trading

Central Road, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Polymerlatex Sdn Bhd

Quality Polymer Sdn Bhd

Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

Revertex Limited

Rexplas Sdn Bhd

S.A. (300) Limited

Shanghai Synthomer Chemicals 
Co Limited (FICE)

Star Pharma Limited 

Super Sky Limited

Trading

Trading

Trading

Non–Trading

Non-Trading 
(Dormant)

Non-Trading

Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Synthomer (Thailand) Limited

Trading

1 1/2 Miles, Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 
Kluang, Johor Darul Takzim

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang,
 Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

China Technical Centre, Building 53-55, 
Lane 1000 Zhangheng Road, 
Zhangjiang High-tech Park, Pudong, 
Shanghai 201203

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

3195/6 Vibulthani Tower 1 
1st Floor, Rama IV Road,
Klongton Sub-District, Klongtoey District
Bangkok 10110

United Kingdom

1002

100

Malaysia

70

China

100

100

100

70

70

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

United Kingdom

1003

Malaysia

70

United Kingdom

1003

China

100

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

501,3

Thailand

100

Synthomer (UK) Limited

Trading

Synthomer 2016 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields, Central Road, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

100

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Central Road, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

 1003

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  147

Company financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2017

16  Subsidiaries and joint ventures continued

Company

Synthomer AS

Synthomer Asua SL

Synthomer Australia Pty Limited

Synthomer Austria GmbH

Synthomer Bangkok Limited

Synthomer BV

Synthomer Deutschland GmbH

Synthomer Finland Oy

Synthomer France SAS

Trading/
Non-Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Registered Address

Sokolov, Tovární 2093, 
Postal Code 356 01

Place of 
incorporation

Czech Republic

Camino Sangroniz, No 8 Sondika
48150 Vizcaya

C/o : Cosec Consulting Pty Ltd
58 Gipps Street, Collingwood, VIC 3066

Industriepark Pischelsdorf
 3435 Zwentendorf an der Donau

3195/6 Vibulthani Tower 1 
1st Floor, Rama IV Road, Klongton Sub-District,
Klongtoey District, Bangkok 10110

Spain

Australia

Austria

Thailand

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

Werrastrasse 10, D-45768 Marl

P.O.B 175 FI-90101 Oulu

704 rue Pierre et Marie Curie 60170 
Ribécourt-Dreslincourt 

Germany

Finland

France

Synthomer FZE

Trading Dubai, U.A.E, Dubai Airport Free Zone Authority

Dubai

Synthomer Holdings (CZE) s.r.o

Non-Trading

Synthomer Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Non–Trading

Synthomer Holdings Limited

Non-Trading

Synthomer Jersey Ltd

Synthomer LLC

Non-Trading

Trading

V Celnici 1031/4, Nové M sto, 
11000, Prague 1

No. 99/329 Soi Suanluang,
Bangkho Sub-District, 
Jomthong District, Bangkok

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

44 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG

1201 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, 
Fulton, GA 30361
(CT Corporation)

Czech Republic 

 Thailand

United Kingdom

1003

Synthomer Middle East Company Limited

Trading

PO Box 7544, Dammam 31472

Saudi Arabia

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Non-Trading

Synthomer Participacoes Ltda

Trading

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Av. Casa Verde, 3100, sala 01, 
bairro Casa Verde, CEP-02520-300, 
São Paulo-SP

United Kingdom

Brazil

100

Synthomer S.r.l

Synthomer SA

Synthomer SAE

Synthomer Sdn Bhd

Synthomer Speciality Additives AB

Synthomer Specialty Resins S.r.l

Synthomer Trading Limited

Synthomer USA LLC

148 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Trading

Via delle Industrie 9, – 24040 Filago (BG) 

Non-Trading

1050 Brussels, Boondaalsesteenweg 
6, B17

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Industriel Zone 1-B, 10th of 
Ramadam City, Sharkiya

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Durmakker 33, 9940 Evergem

Belgium

Via Morozzo 27, 12040 Sant’Albano 
Stura, CN 

 Italy

45 Pall Mall, London, SW1Y 5JG  United Kingdom

160 Greentree Dr. Suite 101
Dover, Delaware, 19904 
(Registered agent address)

USA

Effective
Group 
interest in
Equity 
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

1003 

100

491

1003

100

100

88

100

100

100

100

100

Jersey

USA

Italy

Belgium

Egypt

Malaysia

Company financial statementsCompany

Synthomer Vietnam Co Ltd

Trading/
Non-Trading

Trading

Temple Fields 510

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 512 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 515 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 534 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields GmbH

Temple Fields GmbH & Co  
Chemie oHG (formerly James  
Robinson GmbH & Co Chemie oHG)

Temple Fields Verwaltungs GmbH (formerly 
James Robinson Verwaltungs GmbH)

Terra Simfoni Sdn Bhd

UQUIFA Italia S.r.l

William Blythe Limited

Yule Catto BV

Yule Catto France SA

Yule Catto Holdings GmbH

Yule Catto Inc

Yule Catto International SA

Yule Catto Nederland BV

Yule Catto Overseas 

Yule Catto Spain SL

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading 
(Investment

 Holding) 

Non-Trading

Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Yule Catto Western Europe Limited

Non-Trading

Registered Address

No. 8 Road 6 (Lots No. 101, 109)
Sang Than I Industrial Park,
Di An District, Binh Duong Province

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Effective
Group 
interest in
Equity 
%

60

Place of 
incorporation

Vietnam

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

1003

1003

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Germany

Germany

Non-Trading

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Germany

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles,
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Malaysia

Piazza Cavour 3, Milano

Italy

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

6 Place de la Madeline, 75008 Paris

Werrastrasse 10, 45768 Marl

1201 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, Fulton, 
GA 30361 

France

Germany

USA

6 Place de la Madeline, 75008 Paris

France

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

Temple Fields, Central Road, 
Harlow, Essex, CM2O 2BH

United Kingdom

C/O Rambla de Catalunya no. 53, Atico, 
08007 Barcelona

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Central Road,Harlow, Essex, CM2O 2BH

Spain

United Kingdom

1003

1003

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

1003

100

100

Notes
1.  Joint ventures.
2.  Harlow Chemical Company Limited was incorporated in UK but is resident in the Netherlands.
3.  Shares directly held by Synthomer plc.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  149

Company financial statements21.5p 

19.5p 

2014
 (restated)f 
£m

2013
 (restated)f
 £m

(112.1)

(133.6)

22.0 

39.1 

2014 
 (restated)f 
£m

2013
 (restated)f 
 £m

936.4

118.0 

96.5

(10.5)

86.0 

7.8p 

2.5 

936.4

118.0 

65.1 

(11.3)

53.8 

7.8p 

1.7 

992.7

124.0

104.8 

(14.7)

90.1 

20.7p 

6.0p 

3.5 

992.7

124.0 

75.0 

(115.9)

59.1 

14.2p 

6.0p 

2.4 

2015
 £m

870.1 

125.0 

102.9

(7.6)

95.3

8.6p 

2.5 

(77.4)

22.8 

2015 
£m

870.1 

125.0 

80.3 

(7.8)

72.5 

8.6p 

2.1 

(80.1)

22.8 

17.8p 

13.3p 

(114.1)

(138.5)

22.0

39.1 

Five year financial summary

Underlying performancea

Revenue

EBITDAb

Operating profitc

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

Net borrowingsd

Capital expendituree

IFRS – continuing operations 

Revenue

EBITDAb

Operating profitc

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

Net borrowingsd

Capital expendituree

Note
a  As presented in the consolidated income statement on page 95.
b  As defined in the accounting policies at note 2 and reconciled in note 6.
c  As defined in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
d  As defined in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and reconciled in note 22.
e  As shown with the consolidated cash flow statement.
f  Restated for impact of IAS19 revised.

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

1,480.2

1,045.7 

176.2

139.0

(9.0)

130.0

30.7p

12.2p

2.5

160.1 

130.2 

(8.0)

122.2 

28.3p 

11.3p 

2.5 

(180.5)

(150.3)

60.3

45.6

2017
 £m

2016
 £m

1,480.2

1,045.7 

176.2

95.4

(9.0)

86.4

21.8p

12.2p

1.8

160.1 

144.7 

(8.0)

136.7 

32.5p 

11.3p 

2.9 

(180.5)

(150.3)

60.3

45.6

150 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Other informationGlossary of terms

AGM

AIMS

APMs

ARW 

C&C

C&F

CGU

CH4

CIA
CO2
CO2e 
Constant currency

CRM

CSR

DEFRA

EBITDA 

EGM

ENA

EPS

ERP

ESG

FP

FRC

Annual General Meeting

Accident and Incident Management System

Alternative Performance Measures

Asia and Rest of the World

Construction and Coatings

Carpet and Foam

Cash Generating Units

Methane

Chemical Industries Association

Carbon Dioxide

Carbon Dioxide equivalent

Reflects current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates,  
and includes the impact of acquisitions. 

Customer Relationship Management system

Corporate Social Responsibility

Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and Special Items

Extraordinary General Meeting

Europe and North America

Earnings Per Share

Enterprise Resource Planning

Environmental, Social and Governance

Functional Polymers

Financial Reporting Council

Free cash flow

Net cash flow from operating activities, after net interest paid and purchases and proceeds from sale 
of non-current assets and investments

FRS

GHGs

GJ

GWP

H&P

HR

HSSBR

IAS 

IFRS

ISA

KPIs

Ktes

LTA

LTIP

M&A

MOC

MYR
N2O
NBR

Financial Reporting Standard

Greenhouse Gases

Gigajoule

Global Warming Potential

Health and Protection

Human Resources

High Solids Styrene Butadiene Rubber

International Accounting Standard

International Financial Reporting Standards

International Standards of Auditing

Key Performance Indicators

Kilotonne or 1,000 tonnes (metric)

Lost Time Accident

Long Term Incentive Plan

Mergers and Acquisitions

Management of Change

Malaysian Ringgits

Nitrous Oxide

Nitrile Butadiene Rubber 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017 

  151

Other informationGlossary of terms continued

Net borrowings

Net debt

NOx

Net borrowings represent cash and cash equivalents together with short and long-term borrowings, 
as adjusted for the effect of related derivative instruments irrespective of whether they qualify for 
hedge accounting, non-recourse factoring arrangements, and the inclusion of financial assets

Borrowings and other financial liabilities less cash and cash equivalents

Nitrogen Oxide

Operating profit

Operating profit represents profit from continuing activities before finance costs and taxation

PBT

PPE

PSP

PTW

PVC

R&D

ROIC

SBR

SEC

SHE

SHEMS

The Code

TSR

UK GAAP

Profit Before Tax

Property, Plant and Equipment

Performance Share Plan

Permit to Work

Polyvinyl Chloride

Research and Development

Return on Invested Capital

Styrene Butadiene Rubber

Specific Energy Consumption

Safety, Health and Environment

Safety, Health and Environment Management System

The UK Corporate Governance Code

Total Shareholder Return

UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

Underlying performance

Underlying performance represents the statutory performance of the Group under IFRS, excluding 
special items

VOCs

Volatile Organic Compounds

152 

  Synthomer plc Annual Report 2017

Other informationAdvisers

Registered office
Synthomer plc 
Temple Fields 
Harlow 
Essex 
CM20 2BH

Registered number 98381

Company secretary
Richard Atkinson

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC 
Commerzbank AG 
HSBC Bank plc 
RBS plc 
Lloyds Bank plc

Joint stockbrokers
Barclays and Canaccord Genuity Limited

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
Lochside House 
7 Lochside Avenue 
Edinburgh Park 
Edinburgh 
EH12 9DJ

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered accountants and statutory auditor 
London, UK

Solicitors
Herbert Smith Freehills LLP 
Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP

S

y

n

t

h

o

m

e

r

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

Synthomer plc
45 Pall Mall 
London 
SW1Y 5JG 
United Kingdom
www.synthomer.com